Acura ILX 2016 Sedan Owner's Manual PDF
Summary of Content for Acura ILX 2016 Sedan Owner's Manual PDF
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 0
California Proposition 65 Warning
Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened; How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and, How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
WARNING: This product contains or emits chemicals known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 1
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including:
Safety Labels - on the vehicle. Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean:
Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully.
3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you don't follow instructions.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 2
Contents
This owners manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owners manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model.
Images throughout this owners manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features.
This owners manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 23 For Safe Driving P. 24 Seat Belts P. 28 Airbags P. 35
2 Instrument Panel P. 63 Indicators P. 64 Gauges and Multi-Information Display P. 88
2 Controls P. 107 Clock P. 108 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 110 Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 132 Adjusting the Seats P. 148
2 Features P. 165 Audio System P. 166 Audio System Basic Operation P. 171 General Information on the Audio System P. 241 Customized Features* P. 245
2 Driving P. 331 Before Driving P. 332 Towing a Trailer P. 337 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 405 Refueling P. 406
2 Maintenance P. 411 Before Performing Maintenance P. 412 Maintenance MinderTM P. 415 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 440 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 454
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 461 Tools P. 462 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 463 Overheating P. 489 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 491
2 Information P. 499 Specifications P. 500 Identification Numbers P. 502 Emissions Testing P. 505 Warranty Coverages P. 507
Contents
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 3
Child Safety P. 48 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60 Safety Labels P. 61
Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 122 Security System P. 126 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 129 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 133 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 146 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 156 Climate Control System P. 161
Audio System Basic Operation P. 193 Audio Error Messages P. 235 HomeLink Universal Transceiver* P. 266 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 268
When Driving P. 338 Braking P. 388 Parking Your Vehicle P. 401 Fuel Economy P. 408 Accessories and Modifications P. 409
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 420 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 431 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 442 Battery P. 451 Remote Transmitter Care P. 452 Cleaning P. 455
Engine Does Not Start P. 482 Jump Starting P. 485 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 488 Fuses P. 495 Emergency Towing P. 498
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 503 Reporting Safety Defects P. 504 Authorized Manuals P. 509 Client Service Information P. 510
Quick Reference Guide P. 4
Safe Driving P. 23
Instrument Panel P. 63
Controls P. 107
Features P. 165
Driving P. 331
Maintenance P. 411
Handling the Unexpected P. 461
Information P. 499
Index P. 512
4
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 4
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
Audio System (P166)
Rear Window Defogger/ Heated Mirror Button (P143)
Steering Wheel Adjustments (P143)
(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System OFF) Button (P381)
Climate Control System (P161)
System Indicators (P64)
Gauges (P88)
Multi-Information Display (P89)
Hazard Warning Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button (P133)
Navigation System* () See the Navigation System Manual
Audio/Information Screen* (P172)
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM* (P194)
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Button* (P395)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button* (P369)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 5
Wipers/Washers (P140)
Cruise Control Buttons* (P349)
Remote Audio Control Buttons (P170)
Brightness Control (P142)
Headlights/Turn Signals (P136)
Fog Lights* (P139)
Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P348)
Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P348)
Horn (Press an area around .)
Navigation System Voice Control Buttons* () See the Navigation System Manual
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink System Voice Control Buttons (P268)
SEL/RESET Button (P92)
(Information) Button (P90)
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button* (P374)
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Buttons* (P354)
Distance Button* (P362)
* Not available on all models
Visual Index
6
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 6
Parking Brake (P388)
Power Window Switches (P129)
Driver's Front Airbag (P38)
Trunk Release (P122)
Hood Release Handle (P421)
Interior Fuse Box (P496)
Passenger's Front Airbag (P38)
USB Adapter Cable* (P167)
Shift Lever Dual Clutch Transmission (P345)
Glove Box (P157)
Accessory Power Socket (P159)
Rearview Mirror (P146)
Auxiliary Input Jack* (P167)
Door Mirror Controls (P147)
Power Door Lock Master Switch (P120) Memory Buttons* (P145)
SET Button* (P145)
Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P407)
USB Port* (P168)
HDMI Port* (P168)
Seat Heater Switches* (P160)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 7
Side Airbags (P42)
Ceiling Light (P156)
Side Curtain Airbags (P44)
Coat Hook (P159)
Grab Handle
Moonroof Switch (P132)
Seat Belts (P28)
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P55)
Rear Seat (P154)
Front Seat (P148)
Sun Visors
Vanity Mirrors
Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P57)
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P53)
Map Lights (P156)
* Not available on all models
Visual Index
8
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 8
Maintenance Under the Hood (P420)
Windshield Wipers (P140, 440)
Tires (P442, 463, 475)
Door Lock/Unlock Control (P113)
Power Door Mirrors (P147)
How to Refuel (P407)
High-Mount Brake Light (P439)
Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P125)
Opening/Closing the Trunk (P122)
Fog Lights* (P139, 431)
Back-Up Lights (P438)
Multi-View Rear Camera (P405)
Trunk Release Button (P123)
Rear Side Marker Lights (P436)
Brake/Taillights (P436)
Rear Turn Signal Lights (P436)
Headlights (P136, 431)
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Lights (P136, 433, 434)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 9
Safe Driving (P23)
Airbags (P35)
Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety (P48)
All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard (P60)
Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist (P27)
Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts (P28)
Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat.
Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as low as possible.
* Not available on all models
10
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 10
Instrument Panel (P63)
System Indicators
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Charging System Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator
VSA OFF Indicator
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Immobilizer System Indicator
System Indicators
System Message Indicator
Gauges (P88)/Multi-Information Display (P89)/System Indicators (P64)
Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator
Keyless Access System Indicator
Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator*
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator* Fog Light Indicator*
Temperature Gauge
Security System Alarm Indicator
Fuel Gauge
Tachometer
Multi-Information Display
Speedometer
Shift Lever Position Indicator
M (sequential mode) Indicator/Gear Position Indicator
System Indicators
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator*
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator*
Models without full color display
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder Indicator
CRUISE CONTROL Indicator*
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)
Supplemental Restraint System Indicator
CRUISE MAIN Indicator*
Low Fuel Indicator
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators
Brake System Indicator (Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Door and Trunk Open Indicator*
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 11
Controls (P107)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
Clock (P108)
The navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically.
You can also adjust the time manually.
a Enter the Clock Adjustment screen. 2 Adjusting the Clock (P108)
b Rotate to change hour, then press .
c Rotate to change minute, then press .
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system Models with two displays
a Press the CLOCK (AUX) button until the displayed time begins flashing.
b Press Preset (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute) to set the time. Press Preset (6 (Reset) to set the time to the nearest hour.
c Press the CLOCK button again to set the time.
ENGINE START/STOP Button (P133)
Press the button to change the vehicles power mode.
Models with one display
Lights (P136)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
* Not available on all models
12
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 12
Wipers and Washers (P140)
*1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring : Low Sensitivity*1
: Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2
: High Sensitivity*1
: Higher speed, more sweeps*2
MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward you to spray washer fluid.
Steering Wheel (P143)
To adjust, pull the adjustment lever towards you, adjust to the desired position, then lock the lever back in place.
Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside (P118)
Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it in one motion.
Trunk (P122)
To unlock and open the trunk: Pull the trunk release. Press the trunk release button on the
keyless access remote. Press the trunk release button on the
trunk lid.
Power Door Mirrors (P147)
With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R.
Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Trunk Release
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 13
Power Windows (P129)
With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows.
If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passenger's window can be opened and closed with its own switch.
If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator is on), each passenger's window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
Climate Control System (P161)
Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. Press the button to turn the system on or off. Press the button to defrost the windshield.
The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for complete details.
On models with navigation system
Driver's Side Temperature Control Dial
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard vents.
AUTO Button
(Recirculation) Button
Passenger's Side Temperature Control Dial
MODE Control Button
(ON/OFF) Button
SYNC (Synchronized) Button
(Windshield Defroster) Button
/ (Fan Control) Buttons
13
14
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 14
Features (P165)
Audio Remote Controls (P170)
VOL (Volume) Button Press / to adjust the volume up/ down.
MODE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM1/ FM2/AM/CD/AUX.
Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/ SiriusXM/CD/USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio/ Pandora*/AhaTM/AUX HDMI
CH (Channel) Button Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or previous strong station.
CD/USB device: Press to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Press and hold to change a folder.
CH Button
MODE Button VOL Button
Models with one display
Models with two displays
Audio system (P166) For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual
Models with one display
Audio/ Information Screen
Selector Knob
VOL / (Volume/Power) Knob
CD Button
CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
Preset Buttons
SETUP Button
PHONE Button DISPLAY Button
A.SEL (Auto Select) Button
SKIP Bar
AUX Button
BACK Button
SCAN Button
FM Button
AM Button
FOLDER Bar
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 15
*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
Models with two displays
Audio/Information Screen
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
SETTINGS Button
BACK Button MENU Button
AUDIO ButtonINFO Button
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
PHONE Button
(Tune Down) Icon*1
(Skip/Seek) Icon*1
Audio Source*1
(Skip/Seek) Icon*1
Presets*1
(Tune Up) Icon*1
More*1
(Day/Night) Button
Shortcuts*1
APP Button
Sound Icon*1
Scan Icon*1 TAG Icon*1
* Not available on all models
16
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 16
Driving (P331)
Release Button
Depress the brake pedal and press the release button to move out of (P.
Move the shift lever without pressing the release button.
Press the release button to move the shift lever.
Dual Clutch Transmission (P345)
Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
Shifting
Park Turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked.
Reverse Used when reversing. Neutral Transmission is not locked.
S Position Sequential shift mode can be used.
Drive Normal driving. D-paddle shift mode can be used.
Paddle Shifters (P348) Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual
transmission (1st through 8th). This is useful for engine braking.
D-paddle shift mode: The transmission will shift back to automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising.
Sequential shift mode: Holds the selected gear, and the M indicator comes on.
The selected gear position is shown in the instrument panel.
Shift Lever
Shift Down (- Paddle Shifter
Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter
M IndicatorShift Lever Position Indicator
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
Selected Gear Number
M Indicator Shift Lever Position Indicator
Selected Gear Number
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 17
VSA OFF Button (P381)
The vehicle stability assist (VSA) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces.
VSA comes on automatically every time you start the engine.
To turn VSA on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.
Cruise Control* (P349)
Cruise control allows you to maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.
To use cruise control, press the CRUISE button, then press DECEL/SET once you have achieved the desired speed (above 25 mph or 40 km/h).
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button* (P392)
When a possible collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision.
To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P384)
The TPMS monitors tire pressure. The TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine.
Refueling (P406)
a Push the fuel fill door release handle.
b Turn the fuel fill cap slowly to remove the cap.
c Place the cap in the holder on the fuel fill door.
d After refueling, screw the cap back on until it clicks at least once.
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline with a pump octane number 91 or higher recommended
Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 L)
* Not available on all models
18
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 18
Maintenance (P411)
Under the Hood (P420)
Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary.
Check brake fluid. Check the battery condition monthly.
a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard.
b Locate the hood latch lever, slide the lever and lift the hood.
c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place.
Lights (P431)
Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades (P440)
Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield.
Tires (P442)
Inspect tires and wheels regularly. Check tire pressures regularly. Install snow tires for winter driving.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 19
Handling the Unexpected (P461)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
Flat Tire (P463)
Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the temporary tire repair kit.
Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire in the trunk.
Indicators Come On (P491)
Identify the indicator and consult the owner's manual.
Vehicles with tire repair kit
Vehicles with optional spare tire
Engine Won't Start (P482)
If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery.
Blown Fuse (P495)
Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate.
Overheating (P489)
Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing (P498)
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
19
20
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 20
What to Do If The power mode does not change from ON to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Why?
The shift lever should be moved to (P.
Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal.
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the LOCK position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, push the lever to the UNLOCK position.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 21
Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors using a remote transmitter?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper sound when I open the driver's door?
The beeper sounds when: The power mode is in ACCESSORY. The exterior lights are left on.
Why does the beeper sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when: Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts. The parking brake lever is not fully released.
Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or higher on this vehicle?
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
21
22
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 22
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 23
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions ............. 24 Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 26
Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts........................ 28 Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 31 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 34
Airbags Airbag System Components............... 35 Types of Airbags ................................ 38 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 38 Side Airbags....................................... 42
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 44 Airbag System Indicators.................... 45 Airbag Care ....................................... 47
Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 48 Safety of Infants and Small Children .......50 Safety of Larger Children ................... 58
Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 60
Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 61
23
24
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 24
For Safe Driving
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving.
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important.
Important Safety Precautions Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat.
Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Don't drink and drive Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.
uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Safety Precautions Safe D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 25
Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving.
Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
25
26
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features
Safe D rivin
g
1Your Vehicle's Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 26
Your Vehicle's Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers.
6
7
8
9
10
Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks
Side Airbags
11 Seat Belt Tensioners
6
7
7
8
8
9 9
10
10
11
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features Safe D
rivin g
1Safety Checklist
If the door and trunk open indicator is on, a door and/or the trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and the trunk tightly until the indicator goes off.
2 Door and Trunk Open Indicator P. 71
*
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 27
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 118
Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 148
Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 151
Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 31
Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 48
Safety Checklist
27* Not available on all models
28
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 28
Seat Belts
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts.
The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow the belt to extend fully without locking.
3WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly.
About Your Seat Belts Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers
Lap/shoulder seat belts All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The front passenger's and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 55
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts Safe D
rivin g
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within 6 seconds after the power mode is set to ON. When no one is sitting in the front passengers seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound. This is because the weight sensors in the seat cannot detect their presence.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 29
Proper use of seat belts Follow these guidelines for proper use: All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash.
Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If the power mode is set to ON before the driver's seat belt is fastened, a beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver does not fasten the belt before the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will also periodically sound and the indicator will blink while driving until the driver's and front passengers seat belts are fastened.
Seat Belt Reminder
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
Continued 29
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
30
Safe D rivin
g
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 30
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to- severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags.
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D
rivin g
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 31
Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 148
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
Pull out slowly.
Correct Seated Posture.
Latch Plate
Buckle
31Continued
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
32
Safe D rivin
g
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
3WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving.
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 32
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder.
Lap belt as low as possible
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
Push
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D
rivin g
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle.
When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 33
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.
Advice for Pregnant Women
Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.
33
34
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe D rivin
g
1Seat Belt Inspection
3WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 34
Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 35
Airbags
rivin g
8
Airbag System Components
6
8
8
8
78 910 8
11
35Continued
36
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 36
The front, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes:
aTwo SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passenger's airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
bTwo side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seat- backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
cTwo side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
dAn electronic control unit that continually monitors and can record information about the sensors, the airbag activators, the seat belt tensioners, and driver and front passenger seat belt use when the power mode is in ON.
eAutomatic front seat belt tensioners. The driver's and front passenger's seat belts incorporate sensors that detect whether or not they are fastened.
fA driver's seat position sensor. If the seat is too far forward, the airbag will inflate with less force.
gWeight sensors in the front passenger's seat. The front passenger's airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child).
h Impact sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
iAn indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passenger's front airbag has been turned off.
jAn indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
kA rollover sensor that detects whether the vehicle is about to roll over.
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe D
rivin g
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 37
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
Important Facts About Your Airbags
37
38
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags (SRS) Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple- threshold front airbags (SRS). During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 38
Types of Airbags Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags: Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats. Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs. Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
Housing Locations
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D
rivin g
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold, that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 39
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that they won't interfere with the driver's visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
Operation
How the Front Airbags Work
Continued 39
40
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 40
When front airbags should not deploy Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a rollover. When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D
rivin g
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver's seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the driver's seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly: Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. Do not put any object under the passengers seat. Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly.
Do not place any cover over the passenger side dashboard.
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 456
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 41
Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver's advanced front airbag system includes a seat position sensor.
If the seat is too far forward, the airbag inflates with less force, regardless of the severity of the impact.
The passenger's advanced front airbag system has weight sensors.
Although we recommend against carrying an infant or small child in front, if the sensors detect the weight of a child (up to about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically turn off the passenger's front airbag.
Advanced Airbags
Drivers Seat Position Sensor
Passengers Seat Weight Sensors
41
42
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
1Side Airbags
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 42
Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the driver's and passenger's seat- backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to- severe side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate.
Housing Locations
Housing Location
Operation
When inflated
Side Airbag
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Safe D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 43
When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag.
When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
43
44
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners.
If the impact is on the passengers side, the passengers side curtain airbag will inflate even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 44
Side Curtain Airbags The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a moderate-to-severe side impact.
Housing Locations
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators Safe D
rivin g
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3WARNING Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 45
When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision. In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.
Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the multi-information display.
When the power mode is set to ON The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
Continued 45
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
46
Safe D rivin
g
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and no objects on the passengers seat, or with an adult riding there, something may be interfering with the weight sensors. Such as:
An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back pocket.
A child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seat-back.
A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger's seat.
The front seat or seat-back is forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
An object placed under the front passenger's seat.
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 46
When the passenger airbag off indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the passenger's front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the front passengers weight sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat.
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 2 Child Safety P. 48
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will not come on.
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
U.S. Canada
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Safe D
rivin g
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 47
Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
When the airbags have deployed If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced.
When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the drivers seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passengers seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable the driver's seat position sensor or the passenger's weight sensors. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Canadian Acura Client Service at 1- 888-9-ACURA-9.
47
48
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 48
Child Safety
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride.
3WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the driver's ability to safely control the vehicle.
Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat.
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers Safe D
rivin g
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger's front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 61
3WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 49
Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision.
Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash.
Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
49
50
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe D rivin
g
1Protecting Infants
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturers instructions before installation.
3WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 50
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturers weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old.
Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag system.
2 Airbags P. 35
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
Protecting Infants
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the childs height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
3WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 51
If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat.
Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forward- facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child.
Protecting Smaller Children
Continued 51
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
52
Safe D rivin
g
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 52
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owners manual for proper installation instructions.
Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
Selecting a Child Seat
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 53
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object.
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
53Continued
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
54
Safe D rivin
g
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child's safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 54
3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the head restraint.
4. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.
Flexible Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 55
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturers instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into the retractor, then try to pull it out to make sure the retractor is locked. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 4.
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat.
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
Continued 55
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
56
Safe D rivin
g
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 56
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Adding Security with a Tether
Since a tether can provide additional security to the lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend using a tether whenever one is available.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 57
A tether anchorage point is provided behind each rear seating position. A child seat that is installed with a seat belt and comes with a tether can use the tether for additional security.
1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage point and lift the cover.
2. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.
Adding Security with a Tether
Tether Anchorage Points
CoverAnchor
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Outer Position
Center Position Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
57
58
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe D rivin
g
1Safety of Larger Children
3WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passenger's front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 58
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions.
Checklist Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat? Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm? Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs? Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
Protecting Larger Children
Checking Seat Belt Fit
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safe D
rivin g
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 59
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in a rear seating position. For the child's safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturer's recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual. Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly.
Booster Seats
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
59
60
Safe D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 60
Exhaust Gas Hazard
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine.
3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide.
Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. The exhaust system may have been damaged. The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode. 2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 61
Safety Labels
Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
Safe D rivin
g
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement.
U.S. models Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models only
Dashboard
Sun Visor
61
62
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 62
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 63
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 64 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages...................... 81
Gauges and Multi-Information Display Gauges.............................................. 88 Multi-Information Display .................. 89
63
64
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 64
Indicators
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off if the parking brake has been released.
Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released.
Comes on when the brake fluid level is low.
Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system.
The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if you drive with the parking brake not fully released.
Comes on while driving - Make sure the parking brake is released. Check the brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 493
Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On P. 493
U.S.
Canada
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 65
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Brake System Indicator (Amber)
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system.
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a dealer immediately.
With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability.
Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 491
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
65Continued
66
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 66
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
*2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Shift Lever Position Indicator
Indicates the current gear selection.
2 Shifting P. 345
Transmission Indicator
Blinks if the transmission system has a problem.
Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and acceleration and have the vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Gear Position Indicator
Comes on when the manual sequential mode is applied.
2 Sequential Shift Mode Operation P. 348
*2
*3
*2
*3
*2
*3
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 67
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off either when the engine starts or after several seconds if the engine did not start. If readiness codes have not been set, it blinks five times before it goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control system.
Blinks when a misfire in the engine's cylinders is detected.
Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 505 Comes on while driving - Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take the vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 492
Charging System Indicator
Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.
Comes on when the battery is not charging.
Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 491
67Continued
68
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 68
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Seat Belt Reminder Indicator
Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON.
If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on a few seconds later.
Blinks while driving if either you or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals.
The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts.
Stays on after you or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 29
Low Fuel Indicator
Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 1.9 U.S. gal./ 7.5 Liter left).
Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge.
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.
Blinks - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 69
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS.
Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 390
Supplemental Restraint System Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint
system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioner
Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
69Continued
70
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 70
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.
Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.
Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 493
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Blinks when VSA is active. Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA system or hill start assist system.
Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 380
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) OFF Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate VSA.
2 VSA On and Off P. 381
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 71
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
*2:Models without full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Door and Trunk Open Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds if you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if any door or the trunk is not completely closed.
Comes on if any door is opened while driving. The beeper sounds.
Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.
Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON.
Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes significantly low.
Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a compact spare tire is temporarily installed.
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary.
Blinks and remains on - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact spare, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
*2
71Continued
72
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 72
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
System Message Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the multi- information display appears at the same time.
While the indicator is on, press the
(information) button to see the message again.
Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter when a system message appears on the multi-information display. Take the appropriate action for the message.
The multi-information display does not return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the button is pressed.
Turn Signal Indicators
Blink when you operate the turn signal lever.
Blink along with all turn signals if you press the hazard warning button.
Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn signal light bulb has blown. Change the bulb immediately.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 433, 436
High-Beam Indicator
Comes on when the high beam headlights are on.
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 73
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Lights On Indicator
Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or in AUTO when the exterior lights are on.
If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the exterior lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver's door is opened.
Fog Light Indicator*
Comes on when the fog lights are on.
Immobilizer System Indicator
Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information.
Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then select the ON mode again.
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.
73Continued* Not available on all models
74
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 74
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Security System Alarm Indicator
Blinks when the Security System Alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 126
Keyless Access System Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on as soon as a problem is detected in the keyless access system or keyless starting system.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
CRUISE MAIN Indicator*
Comes on when you press the CRUISE button. 2 Cruise Control* P. 349
CRUISE CONTROL Indicator*
Comes on when you have set a speed for cruise control. 2 Cruise Control* P. 349
Indicator
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 75
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Comes on when the RDM system shuts itself off.
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
Models with RDM
75Continued* Not available on all models
76
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 76
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator (Amber)
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with ACC.
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Comes on if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front.
May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
ACC has been automatically canceled.
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dear if the indicator does not go off even after you clean the sensor cover.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator (Green)
Comes on when you press the MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* P. 354
Comes on if the temperature inside the camera is too high.
ACC has been automatically canceled.
Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the MAIN button can resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* P. 354
Models with ACC
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 77
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber)
Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green)
Comes on when you press the MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* P. 372
Comes on if the temperature inside the camera is too high.
The LKAS has been automatically canceled.
Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the LKAS button can resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
P. 372
Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.
Models with LKAS
77Continued* Not available on all models
78
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 78
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1
Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator*
Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Stays on while BSI is turned off.
Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.
Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System* P. 382
Comes on if there is a problem with the system.
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 79
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*
Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A multi-information display message appears for five seconds.
Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM.
Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 392
Models with CMBSTM
79Continued* Not available on all models
80
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 80
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*
Comes on when the CMBSTM system shuts itself off.
Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 392
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
Models with CMBSTM
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 81
Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Press the (information) button to see the message again
In stru
m en
t Pan el
with the system message indicator on.
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Message*1 Condition Explanation
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed.
2 Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 492
Appears when the washer fluid is low. Refill washer fluid. 2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 430
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.
Consequently, SERVICE DUE NOW/ Maintenance Due Now and SERVICE PAST DUE/Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display P. 417
Canadian models
81Continued
82
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Explanation
2 Overheating P. 489
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Checking the Battery P. 451
Appears along with the battery charging system indicator - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 491
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 82
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Message*1 Condition
Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high.
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery.
Appears when the battery is not charging.
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for 15 seconds while pressing the brake pedal and manually start the engine. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 483
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 83
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Message*1 Condition
Appears when the starter system has a problem.
Appears if the keyless access remote battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not within operating range to start the engine. A beeper sounds six times.
Appears after the drivers door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
83Continued
84
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Explanation
Disappears when you bring the keyless access
remote back inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 135
Replace the battery as soon as possible. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 452
2 Starting the Engine P. 338
2 Starting the Engine P. 338
Move the shift lever to (P . The power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 84
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Message*1 Condition
Appears when you close the door with the power mode in ON without the keyless access remote inside the vehicle.
Appears when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak.
Appears after you unlock and open the drivers door.
Appears three seconds after the TO START ENGINE message appears.
Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP button to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P.
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Explanation
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 340
Immediately stop in a safe place in (P . Let the engine idle until the message
disappears.
Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.
Appears while driving - The low beam headlights may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 85
*1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display
Message*1 Condition
Appears when you unlock and open the drivers door while the engine is running by two-way keyless access remote*.
Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle no longer moves.
Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely closed.
Appears if any door is opened while driving. The beeper sounds.
Appears when there is a problem with the headlights.
85Continued* Not available on all models
86
uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 86
Message Condition Explanation
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you.
Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 392
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* P. 354
Appears when ACC has been automatically canceled. You can resume the set speed after the condition that caused ACC to cancel improves. Press the RES/ACCEL button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* P. 354
Models with ACC
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 87
Message Condition Explanation
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected line. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
Alerts you with a beep that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
Alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. The color of either line changes from white to amber as
the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
If any other system indicators come on, such as the VSA, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
Models with LKAS
RDM selected Warning only
RDM selected Normal or Wide
87
88
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 88
Gauges and Multi-Information Display
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE You should refuel when the needle approaches . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 489
Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
Speedometer
Tachometer
Fuel Gauge
Temperature Gauge
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 89
Multi-Information Display The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.
89Continued
90
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Elapsed Time
Average Speed
Range
Compass*re for
Turn-by-Turn Directions*
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 90
Main displays Press the (information) button to change the display.
Switching the Display
Models with full color display
(information) Button
Engine Oil LifeVehicle Settings
Blank Screen Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy
Tire Pressu Each Tire
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Elapsed Time
Average Speed
Range
Tire Pressure for Each Tire
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 91
Models without full color display
Engine Oil LifeVehicle Settings
Blank Screen Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy
(information) Button
91Continued
92
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
In stru
m en
t Pan el
A Trip B
Outside temperature
SEL/RESET Button
Button
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 92
Lower displays Press the SEL/RESET button to change the display.
Models with full color display
Odometer Trip
SEL/RESET Button
SEL/RESET Button
SEL/RESET
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
rip A Trip B
Button
SEL/RESET Button
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 93
Models without full color display
Odometer T
Outside temperature
SEL/RESET Button
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET Button
93Continued
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
94
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the SEL/RESET button.
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the multi-information displays customized features to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel economy.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 94
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip meter is reset to 0.0.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading up to 5F (U.S.) or 3C (Canada) if the temperature reading seems incorrect.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset.
Odometer
Trip Meter
Outside Temperature
Average Fuel Economy
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
1Turn-by-Turn Directions*
The multi-information display shows a compass when the route guidance is not used.
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 95
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.
Shows the time elapsed since the Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Instant Fuel Economy
Range
Elapsed Time
Average Speed
Turn-by-Turn Directions*
Continued 95* Not available on all models
96
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 96
Shows each tires pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitor P. 385
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 415
Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Oil Life
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Customized Features
To customize other features, roll the right selector wheel.
2 List of customizable options P. 100 2 Example of customization settings P. 105
Customization is possible when you see the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen. The drivers ID indicates which remote transmitter you have used to unlock the drivers door. The customized settings are recalled every time you unlock the drivers door with that remote.
Shift to (P before you attempt to change any customized setting.
Customizing is also available from the audio/ information screen. You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the multi-information display while the audio/ information screen shows the same menu.
2 Customized Features* P. 245
Models with driving position memory system
Models with On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 97
Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.
How to customize Press the button to select Vehicle Settings and press the SEL/RESET button.
Customized Features
Multi-information Display: Goes to Vehicle Settings.
Models without full color display
Models with full color display
SEL/RESET Button: Enters the selected item
Button: Changes the customize menus and items
Continued 97* Not available on all models
98
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 98
Customization flow Press the button to select Vehicle Settings and press the SEL/RESET button.
Vehicle Settings
Trip A Reset Timing
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Memory Position Link
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Driver Assist System Setup
Meter Setup
Driving Position Setup*
Keyless Access Setup
Trip B Reset Timing
Turn by Turn Display*
Forward Collision Warning Distance*
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*
Blind Spot Info*
Keyless Access Beep
ACC Display Speed Unit*
Road Departure Mitigation Setting*
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
Remote Start System On/Off*
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock
Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Maintenance Reset
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 99
Exit
Door Setup
Maintenance Info.
Default All
Lighting Setup
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
99Continued
100
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 100
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driver Assist System Setup
Forward Collision Warning Distance* Changes at which distance CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*
Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC range.
On/Off*1
ACC Display Speed Unit* Changes the speed unit for ACC on the multi- information display.
mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)
Road Departure Mitigation Setting*
Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system.
Normal*1/Wide/Warning Only
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep* Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1
Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/Off
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 101
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the displayed language. English*1/Franais/ Espaol
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
-5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.) -3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)
Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A.
When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1
Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B.
When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1
Turn by Turn Display* Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance.
On*1/Off
101Continued* Not available on all models
102
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 102
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driving Position Setup*
Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off.
On*1/Off
Keyless Access Setup
Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the drivers door handle.
Driver Door Only*1/All Doors
Keyless Access Light Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors.
On*1/Off
Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors.
On*1/Off
Remote Start System On/ Off* Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 103
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Lighting Setup
Interior Light Dimming Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors.
60sec/30sec*1/15sec
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the drivers door.
60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min
Door Setup
Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically lock.
With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift From P/Off
Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically unlock.
All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted To Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Sets up either the drivers door or all doors to unlock on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.
Driver Door*1/ All Doors
Keyless Lock Answer Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On*1/Off
Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door.
90sec/60sec/30sec*1
103Continued
104
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 104
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Maintenance Info.
Maintenance Reset Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service.
Cancel/Reset
Default All Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default.
Cancel/Set
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In
stru m
en t Pan
el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 105
Example of customization settings The steps for changing the Trip A Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are shown below. The default setting for Trip A Reset Timing is Manually Reset.
1. Press and release the button to select Vehicle Settings, then press the SEL/RESET button.
2. Press and release the button until Meter Setup appears on the display.
3. Press the SEL/RESET button. u Language Selection appears first on
the display.
*1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display
*1 *2
*1 *2
105Continued
106
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
In stru
m en
t Pan el
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 106
4. Press and release the button until Trip A Reset Timing appears on the display, then press the SEL/RESET button. u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you can select When Refueled, IGN Off, Manually Reset, or Exit.
5. Press and release the button select When Refueled, then press the SEL/ RESET button. u The When Refueled Setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the customization menu screen.
6. Press and release the button until Exit appears on the display, press the SEL/ RESET button.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the normal screen.
*1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display
*1 *2
*1 *2
*1 *2
* Not available on all m
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 107
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 108 Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 110 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength......................................... 112
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 113
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................. 118
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 120 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 121
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 122 Security System ................................ 126
Immobilizer System .......................... 126
odels
Security System Alarm...................... 126 Opening and Closing the Windows .... 129 Opening and Closing the Moonroof ....... 132 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 133 Turn Signals ..................................... 136 Light Switches.................................. 136 Fog Lights* ...................................... 139 Daytime Running Lights ................... 139 Wipers and Washers ........................ 140 Brightness Control ........................... 142 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button...143 Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 143
Driving Position Memory System* .... 144 Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 146
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 146 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 147
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 148 Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 148
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items ................................................ 156 Interior Lights .................................. 156 Interior Convenience Items .............. 157
Climate Control System ................... 161 Using Automatic Climate Control .... 161 Synchronized Mode ......................... 163 Automatic Climate Control Sensors......164
107
108
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 108
Clock
1Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does not need to be adjusted.
Models with navigation system
1Adjusting the Clock
These indications are used to show how to operate the selector knob. Rotate to select. Press to enter.
You can adjust the time in the clock display, with the power mode in ON.
Adjusting the Clock
1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Adjust Clock on the
screen.
3. Press . Adjust Clock appears. 4. Rotate to select the item you want to
adjust (12/24 hour mode, hour, minute).
Then press . 5. Rotate to make the adjustment.
6. Press to enter your selection. The display returns to Adjust Clock. Repeat steps 4 to 6 to adjust other items.
7. To enter the selection, rotate and select
Set, then press .
Models without navigation system
Models with one display
SETUP Button
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock C
o n
tro ls
1Adjusting the Clock
The clock is automatically updated when your smartphone is connected to the audio system with Sync Clock w/ Smartphone setting.
2 Customized Features* P. 245
Models with two displays
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 109
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock,
then Clock Adjustment. 3. Rotate to change hour, then press . 4. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
Models with two displays
109* Not available on all models
110
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 110
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 126
The keys contain precision electronics. Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to the electronics: Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity. Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. Keep the keys away from liquids. Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the keyless access system may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 340
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Keyless access remote Use the keyless access remote to start and stop the engine, to lock and unlock the doors and to open the trunk.
Keys
Models without two-way keyless access remote
Models with two-way keyless access remote
* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions C
o n
tro ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 111
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/ unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull it out while sliding the release knob. To reinstall the built- in key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks.
Built-in Key
Release Knob
Models without two-way keyless access remote
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Release Knob
Built-in Key
111Continued
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
112
C o
n tro
ls
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer.
1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless access remote and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remotes battery. Battery life is about two years, but this varies depending on regularity of use. The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 112
Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key.
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.
Key Number Tag
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter or keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior lights come on when you press the unlock button. No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30 seconds. Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 156
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is open.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 113
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Locking the doors Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
lock, and the security system sets. Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
Unlocking the doors Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver's door unlocks. Twice: u The remaining doors unlock.
*1: Checking Door Lock Status* P. 117
Using the Remote Transmitter
LED
Unlock Button
Lock Button
LED*1
Unlock Button
Lock Button
113Continued* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
114
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Keyless Access System
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else with the remote is within range.
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range.
If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking the doors.
The door may not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle.
If the distance at which it works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 452
You can customize the door lock mode and keyless lock acknowledgement setting.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 114
When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk. You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle. You can open the trunk within about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the trunk release button.
Locking the doors and the trunk Press the door lock button on the front door. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors lock; and the security system sets.
Using the Keyless Access System
Door Lock Button
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Keyless Access System
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle.
The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass.
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle, the doors will automatically relock.
The light flash, beep and unlock settings can be customized using the audio/information screen or multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 115
Unlocking the doors and the trunk Grab the drivers door handle: u The drivers door unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passengers door handle: u All the doors unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the trunk release button: u The trunk unlocks and opens. u The beeper will sound. 2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 123
Trunk Release Button
Continued 115
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
116
C o
n tro
ls
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door with a key, all the other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors.
If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm goes off when you open the hood or move the shift lever out of (P before the power mode is set to ON.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same time. Make sure you have the key in your hand before locking the door to prevent it from being locked in the vehicle.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 116
Fully insert the key and turn it.
Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door.
Locking the rear doors Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
Lockout prevention system The doors cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
Lock
Unlock
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Checking Door Lock Status*
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range of unlock, all doors, and panic functions are the same as the standard keyless access remote.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 340
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 117
You can remotely check if your vehicles doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds one of the following feedback will come: Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed. Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
Checking Door Lock Status*
Red
Green
Amber
Lock Button
117* Not available on all models
118
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 118
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Locking a door Push the lock tab forward.
Unlocking a door Pull the lock tab rearward.
Using the Lock Tab
To Unlock
Lock Tab To Lock
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside C
o n
tro ls
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The inner front door handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 120
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 119
Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the drivers door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the multi-information display or audio/information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
Inner Handle
Continued 119
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
120
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/ unlock at the same time.
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 120
Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all doors.
Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door.
When opening the door Open the door using the outside door handle.
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
To Unlock
To Lock
Master Door Lock Switch
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
Unlock
Lock
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking C
o n
tro ls
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the audio/ information screen or multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 121
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the drivers door automatically when a certain condition is met.
Drive lock mode All doors lock when the vehicles speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
Drivers door open mode All doors unlock when the drivers door is opened.
Auto Door Locking
Auto Door Unlocking
121
122
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 122
Opening and Closing the Trunk
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk Opening the trunk Open the trunk all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.
Closing the trunk Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60
Using the Trunk Opener Pulling the trunk release to the lower left of the driver's seat unlocks and opens the trunk.
Trunk Release
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button C
o n
tro ls1Using the Trunk Release Button
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can unlock the trunk while someone else with the remote is within range.
Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the trunk and close the lid. The beeper sounds and the trunk cannot be closed.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 123
Locking the trunk opener You can lock the trunk release with the built- in key.
Using the Trunk Release Button Push up the release button on the trunk lid after the doors are unlocked.
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the trunk if you carry the keyless access remote. u The beeper will sound.
Trunk Release Button
123
124
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Remote Transmitter
C o
n tro
ls
1Trunk Main Switch
If you need to give the key to someone else, remove the built-in key from the keyless access remote by sliding the release knob, and give the remote as a valet key.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 124
Using the Remote Transmitter Press the trunk release button for approximately one second to unlock and open the trunk.
Trunk Main Switch The trunk main switch disables the trunk release button on the remote transmitter and the trunk release button on the trunk lid to protect luggage in the trunk. 1. Make sure the rear seat-back is not folded
down. 2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the glove
box. 3. Lock the glove box. 4. Lock the trunk release.
2 Using the Trunk Opener P. 122
Trunk Release Button
Trunk Release Button
ON
OFF
Main Switch
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener C
o n
tro ls
1Emergency Trunk Opener
Parents should decide if their children should be shown how to use this feature.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 125
Emergency Trunk Opener The trunk release lever allows you to open the trunk from inside for your safety.
Slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow.
Lever
125
126
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 126
Security System
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE Leaving the keyless access remote in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system deactivates.
Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button. Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system with the keyless
access remote.
Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not go off if the trunk or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system.
However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then the shift lever is moved out of (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.
When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash.
To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access remote. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm C
o n
tro ls
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: Unlocking the door with the lock tab. Opening the trunk with the trunk release or the
emergency trunk opener. Opening the hood with the hood release. Moving the shift lever out of (P.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another device to it.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 127
Setting the security system alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The hood and trunk are closed. All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter or keyless
access system.
When the security system alarm sets The security system indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system is set.
To cancel the security system alarm The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote transmitter, or you grab either front door handle while carrying the keyless access remote, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system indicator goes off at the same time.
Continued 127
128
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 128
The PANIC button on the remote transmitter
If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: The horn sounds. Some exterior lights flash.
Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.
Panic Mode
Panic Button
Panic Button
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 129
Opening and Closing the Windows
o n
tro ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse direction.
The drivers window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3WARNING Closing a power window on someone's hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them.
Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors. The driver's side switches can be used to open and close all of the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver's side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver's seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on when children are in the vehicle.
Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly.
Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.
Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
ON OFF
Power Window Lock Button
Indicator
Drivers Window Switch
Front Passengers Window Switch
129Continued
130
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 130
To open: Push the switch down. To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches the desired position.
To open: Press the unlock button twice within 10 seconds and hold it down the second time. If the windows stop midway, repeat the procedure.
Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function
Close
Open
Opening Windows and Moonroof with the Remote
Unlock Button
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows C
o n
tro ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 131
To open: Unlock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there. To close: Lock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows/ moonroof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation.
Opening/Closing the Windows/Moonroof with the Key
Close
Open
131
132
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 132
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someone's hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it.
You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, touch the switch briefly.
Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.
Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release.
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
Close
Open
Tilt
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 133
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
o n
tro ls
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle.
ON mode: Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
If the keyless access remote battery is weak, beeper sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 483
Operating Range
ENGINE START/STOP Button
Changing the Power Mode
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) Indicator in the button is off. The power to all electrical components is turned off.
Press the button without the shift lever in (P.
Shift to (P then press the button.
Press the button.
Without pressing the brake pedal
ACCESSORY Indicator in the button is on. Indicator in the button blinks (from ON to ACCESSORY). Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position.
ON Indicator in the button is on. All electrical components can be used.
Indicator
Shift to (P.
133Continued
134
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 134
If you open the drivers door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning buzzer sounds.
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.
Power Mode Reminder
Automatic Power Off
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button C
o n
tro ls
1Keyless Access Remote Reminder
When the keyless access remote is within the systems operational range, and the drivers door is closed, the warning function cancels.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer.
Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the systems operational range.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 135
Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/ and outside the vehicle to remind you that the keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even after the remote is put back inside, place it to be within its operational range.
When the power mode is in ON If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, warning buzzers sound from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message on the multi-information display notifies the driver inside that the remote is out.
When the power mode is in ACCESSORY
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle.
Keyless Access Remote Reminder
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
135
136
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
C o
n tro
ls
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the lights on, a light on reminder chime will sound when you open the drivers door.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 73
If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 136
Turn Signals The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON.
One-touch turn signal When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change.
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting. High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click. Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams. Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it.
Right Turn
Left Turn
Manual Operation
High Beams
Flashing the high beams Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C
o n
tro ls
1Automatic Lighting Control
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly.
Light Sensor
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Models without automatic intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 137
Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON.
When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness.
You can change the auto light sensitivity setting.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
Automatic Lighting Control
Continued 137
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
138
C o
n tro
ls
1Automatic Lighting Control
Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
Setting The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at
MAX HIGH MID LOW MIN
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wiper*
This feature activates during the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on.
When the ambient light is at dark, the automatic lighting control feature overrides, and the headlights come on with or without the wipers sweeping more than several times.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 138
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the driver's door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
Headlight Integration with Wiper*
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights* C
o n
tro ls
1Fog Lights*
The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or when the daytime running lights are on.
2 Fog Light Indicator* P. 73
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 139
Fog Lights*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is in ON. The headlight switch is off, or in . The parking brake is released.
The daytime running lights are off when the headlight switch is turned on, or when the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
Fog Light Switch
139* Not available on all models
140
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
C o
n tro
ls
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged.
NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield, becoming stuck. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the wipers make a single sweep. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operations shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become the same.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 140
Wipers and Washers The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON.
MIST The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever.
Wiper switch (OFF, INT*, LO, HI) Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain.
AUTO*
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers* P. 141
Adjusting wiper operation Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper operation.
Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop.
Intermittent Time Adjustment Ring
MIST
INT*: Low speed with intermittent
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to use washer.
AUTO*: Automatic intermittent operation
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C
o n
tro ls
1Wipers and Washers
If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then remove the obstacle.
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not put the wiper lever in AUTO when cleaning the windshield or driving through a car wash. If the wiper lever is in AUTO, and the power mode is in ON, the rainfall sensor may respond to your hand or car wash liquids, and the wipers may operate automatically.
Rainfall Sensor
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 141
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects.
AUTO sensitivity adjustment When in AUTO, you can also adjust the rainfall sensor sensitivity using the adjustment ring.
Sensor sensitivity
Automatic Intermittent Wipers*
Adjustment Ring
Low sensitivity: Lower speed, fewer sweeps
High sensitivity: Higher speed, more sweeps
141* Not available on all models
142
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
C o
n tro
ls
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on.
When it is bright outside and the headlight integration with the wiper is activated, the instrument panel brightness does not change.
Pressing the SEL/RESET button or either (information) button changes to a different display.
If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels the reduced instrument panel brightness when the parking lights are on.
The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 142
Brightness Control When the power mode is in ON, you can use the brightness control knob to adjust instrument panel brightness. Brighten: Turn the knob to the right. Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. The multi- information display will return to its original state several seconds after you adjust the brightness.
Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the multi- information display while you are adjusting it.
Control Knob
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button C
o n
tro ls
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to damage the heating wires. It is critical to wipe the window from side to side along the defogger heating wires.
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you start driving.
3WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 143
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature.
Adjusting the Steering Wheel The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up. u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out. u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators. 3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position. u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering wheel in place by trying to move it up, down, in, and out.
To adjust
To lock Lever
143
144
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System*
C o
n tro
ls
1Driving Position Memory System*
Using the audio/information screen or multi- information display, you can disable the automatic seat adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 144
Driving Position Memory System*
You can store two drivers seat positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the drivers door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, the seat adjust automatically to one of the two preset positions.
The multi-information display shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle when you enter. DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System* C
o n
tro ls
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: You do not press the memory button within five
seconds. You readjust the seat position before the double-
beep. You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you: Press the SET button, or a memory button ( (1 or
(2). Adjust the seat position. Shift into any position except (P.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 145
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the drivers seat to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button. u You will hear the beep, and the memory
button indicator light will blink. 3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five
seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat positions have been
memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on.
1. Move the shift lever to (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2). u You will hear the beep, and the indicator
light will blink.
The seat will automatically move to the memorized positions. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beep, and the indicator light stays on.
Storing a Position in Memory
SET Button
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2
Recalling the Stored Position
Memory Buttons
145
146
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 146
Adjusting the Mirrors
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 148
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror*
The auto dimming function cancels when the shift position is in (R.
Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position.
Flip the tab to switch the position. The night position will help to reduce the glare from headlights behind you when driving after dark.
When driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces the glare from headlights behind you. This feature is always active.
Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions*
Tab
Daytime Position
Night Position
Up
Down
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror*
Sensor
* Not available on all models
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors C
o n
tro ls
1Expanded View Driver's Mirror
Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver side door mirror appear smaller than objects in the rest of the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 147
Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
Mirror position adjustment L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror.
The driver side door mirror has outer and inner segments. The outer segment is slightly curved to provide a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror. This wider view may help you check areas that are not visible using a standard door mirror.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Expanded View Driver's Mirror
Inner Segment
Outer Segment
147
148
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 148
Adjusting the Seats
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle.
Adjusting the Seat Positions Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passenger's seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible.
Adjusting the front power seat(s)*
Move back.
Allow sufficient space.
Horizontal Position Adjustment
Height Adjustment (Drivers seat only)
Seat-back Angle Adjustment
* Not available on all models
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions C
o n
tro ls
1Adjusting the front manual seat(s)
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and forth to make sure it is locked in position.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 149
Adjusting the front manual seat(s)
Horizontal Position Adjustment Pull up on the bar to move the seat, then release the bar.
Height Adjustment (Drivers seat only) Pull up or push down the lever to raise or lower the seat.
Seat-back Angle Adjustment Pull up the lever to change the angle.
Continued 149
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
150
C o
n tro
ls
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help.
3WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 150
Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions C
o n
tro ls
1Adjusting the Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work properly: Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs. Do not place any object between an occupant and
the seat-back. Install each restraint in its proper location.
3WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 151
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rear- impact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupant's head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupant's ears should be level with the center height of the restraint.
Adjusting the front and rear outer head restraint positions To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.
Adjusting the Head Restraints
Position head in the center of the head restraint.
Continued 151
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
152
C o
n tro
ls
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before driving.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 152
A passenger sitting in the center back seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.
Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions C
o n
tro ls
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 153
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag.
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
153
154
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seat
C o
n tro
ls
1Folding Down the Rear Seat
The rear seat-backs can be folded down to accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.
Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the trunk lid open.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks. When returning a seat-back to its original position, push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 46
Also make sure all items in the trunk or items extending through the opening into the rear seat is properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard.
The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold down.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 154
Rear Seat
1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the guide.
2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release the lock.
3. Fold the seat-back down.
If the rear head restraints get caught on the front seat-backs, remove the head restraints.
2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints P. 152
Folding Down the Rear Seat
Guide
Center Shoulder Belt
Release Lever
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest C
o n
tro ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 155
Armrest
Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
155
156
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 156
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following situations: When you unlock the driver's door but do not open
it. When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door. You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: When you lock the driver's door. When you set the power mode to ON.
If you leave any of the doors open, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, pressing the button does not turn off the map light.
Interior Lights
ON The interior lights come on regardless of whether the doors are open or closed. Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: When any of the doors are opened. You unlock the driver's door. The lights also come on when the power
mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the doors are open or closed.
The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button.
Interior Light Switches
Door Activated Position
Off
Front
On
Off
Rear
On
Door Activated Position
Map Lights
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Glove Box
3WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while driving.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 157
Interior Convenience Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
Press the button to open the console compartment.
Glove Box
Glove Box
To Lock
Console Compartment
Button
157Continued
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
158
C o
n tro
ls
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 158
Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats.
Front door side beverage holders Are located on the both of front door side pockets.
Rear seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders.
Beverage Holders
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Accessory Power Socket
NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts or less (15 amps).
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running.
1Coat Hook
The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy items.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 159
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON.
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.
There is a coat hook on the rear left grab handle. Pull it down to use it.
Accessory Power Socket
Coat Hook
Continued 159
uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items
160
C o
n tro
ls
1Seat Heaters*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and does not automatically turn off.
3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 160
The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats faster than the LO setting.
While in HI, the heater cycles on and off. u The appropriate indicator will be on
while the seat heater is on. Briefly press the switch on the opposite side to turn the heater off. The indicator will be off. When a comfortable temperature is reached, select LO to keep the seat warm.
Seat Heaters*
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 161
Climate Control System
o n
tro ls
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons are pressed while using the climate control system in auto, the function of the button that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button that was pressed will be controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may not start immediately when the AUTO button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection.
Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the drivers side or passengers side control
dial. 3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.
Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on environmental conditions. Recirculation Mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicles interior through the system. Fresh Air Mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations.
Floor and defroster vents
Floor vents Dashboard and floor vents
Dashboard vents
(ON/OFF) Button
(Recirculation) ButtonAUTO Button A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
SYNC (Synchronized) Button
/ (Fan Control) Buttons
Drivers Side Temperature Control Dial
Passenger's Side Temperature Control Dial
161Continued
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
162
C o
n tro
ls
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 162
Pressing the button turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings.
To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button. 2. Press the button.
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
uuClimate Control SystemuSynchronized Mode C
o n
tro ls
1Synchronized Mode
When you press the button, the system changes to synchronized mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver side temperature and the passenger side temperature can be set separately.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 163
Synchronized Mode
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger side in synchronized mode.
1. Press the SYNC button. u The system will switch to synchronized mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using drivers side temperature control dial.
Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.
163
164
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
C o
n tro
ls
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 164
Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
* Not available on all m
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 165
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System .................................... 166 USB Adapter Cable* ........................ 167 Auxiliary Input Jack* ........................ 167 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 169 Audio Remote Controls.................... 170
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 171 Audio/Information Screen ................ 172 Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 178 Playing a CD .................................... 180 Playing an iPod ................................ 183 Playing Internet Radio ...................... 186 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 188
Models with one display
odels
Playing Bluetooth Audio................. 191
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 193 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ...... 194 Audio/Information Screen ................ 200 Display Setup ................................... 205 Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 206 Playing SiriusXM Radio ................... 211 Playing a CD .................................... 218 Playing an iPod ................................ 221 Playing Internet Radio ...................... 225 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 228 Playing Bluetooth Audio................. 231
Models with two displays
Audio Error Messages ...................... 235 General Information on the Audio System .. 241 Customized Features* ..........................245 HomeLink Universal Transceiver*......266 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Using HFL ........................................ 268 HFL Menus ...................................... 270
Using HFL ........................................ 297 HFL Menus ...................................... 299
Models with one display
Models with two displays
165
166
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 166
Audio System
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM Radio* is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM Radio*, contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System P. 241
SiriusXM Radio* is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio, Inc.
Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not supported.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may limit the circumstances in which you can launch or control your attached audio device.
About Your Audio System
See the Navigation System Manual for operation of the audio system, AcuraLink*, Bluetooth HandsFreeLink, and voice commands for these features.
The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM Radio service*. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, and USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or the remote controls on the steering wheel.
Models with navigation system
Remote Control
iPod
USB Flash Drive
iPod
USB Flash Drive
Models with one display
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack* Featu
res
1Auxiliary Input Jack*
To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by pressing the AUX button.
1USB Adapter Cable*
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.
Do not use an extension cable with the USB adapter cable.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.
We recommend your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 167
Auxiliary Input Jack*
Use the jack to connect standard audio devices. 1. Open the AUX cover. 2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
USB Adapter Cable*
1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the adapter cable.
2. Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB connector.
167* Not available on all models
168
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port*
Featu res
1USB Port*
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.
We recommend your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
1HDMI Port*
Do not leave the HDMI connected device in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.
We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.
The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 168
USB Port*
Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port.
HDMI Port*
1. Open the cover. 2. Install the HDMI cable to the HDMI port.
* Not available on all models
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 169
Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display ENTER CODE*1/Enter code*2.
Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON, and turn on the audio system. 2. Press and hold the power button again for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
*1: Models with one display *2: Models with two displays
169
170
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Featu res
1Audio Remote Controls
Some sources will only appear when available, such as when a CD is inserted or when a compatible device is connected.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 170
Audio Remote Controls Allow you to operate the audio system while driving.
MODE Button Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM1 FM2 AM CD AUX
FM AM SiriusXM CD USB/iPod Bluetooth Audio Pandora* AhaTM
AUX HDMI
VOL (Volume) Button Press : To Increase the volume. Press : To decrease the volume. CH (Channel) Button When listening to the radio
Press (+ : To select the next preset radio station. Press (- : To select the previous preset radio station. Press and hold (+: To select the next strong station. Press and hold (-: To select the previous strong station.
When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth Audio Press (+ : To skip to the next song. Press (- : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
When listening to a CD, USB flash drive Press and hold (+: To skip to the next folder. Press and hold (-: To go back to the previous folder.
When listening to Pandora*
Press (+ : To skip to the next song. Press and hold (+: To select the next station. Press and hold (-: To select the previous station.
VOL Button MODE Button
CH Button
Models with one display
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 171
Audio System Basic Operation
res
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Press the MODE, (+, (-, or button on the steering wheel to change any audio setting.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170
Setup Menu Items 2 RDS Information P. 179 2 Sound Settings P. 177 2 Play Mode P. 182, 185, 190 2 Resume/Pause P. 192 2 Adjust Clock P. 108
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the selector knob or SETUP button to access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. SETUP button: Press to select any mode such as the RDS Information, Sound Settings, Play Mode, Resume/Pause, or Adjust Clock. BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display.
button: Press to change the audio/ information screen brightness. The brightness can be set differently for the day time and night time. Pressing the button switches the modes between daytime and night time. Adjust the brightness using .
Models with one display
BACK Button SETUP Button
Selector Knob Button
Menu Display
171
172
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 172
Audio/Information Screen Displays audio status and wallpaper, and allows you to go to various setup options.
Press DISPLAY button. Rotate and select the mode from the three display modes. Press .
Switching the Display
Selector Knob
DISPLAY Button
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 173
Shows the current audio information. 2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 171
Shows a clock screen or an image you import. 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 175
Minimizes the display by only showing the clock and audio status on the display.
1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate and select the setup option you
want to change. Press .
Audio Display
Wallpaper
Minimum Display
Setting Options
173Continued
174
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 174
1. Rotate to select Language Selection, then press .
2. Rotate to select the language, then press .
Language Selection
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWallpaper Setup Featu
res
1Wallpaper Setup
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drives root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported.
The file format of the image that can be imported is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
Each image file can be up to 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 x 234 pixels, the image is displayed in the middle of the screen with the extra area appearing in black.
Up to 255 files can be selected.
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, No compatible images were found. See Owner's Manual. will appear.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 175
Wallpaper Setup You can change, store and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the adapter cable.
2 USB Adapter Cable* P. 167
2. Press the SETUP button. 3. Rotate to select Display Setup, then
press . 4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press
. 5. Rotate to select Import, then press . 6. Rotate to select a desired picture, then
press . u The preview of the imported data is
displayed.
7. Press to save the data. u The confirmation message will appear.
Then the display will return to the import wallpaper list.
8. Rotate to select the place to save the data, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.
Import Wallpaper
175Continued* Not available on all models
176
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWallpaper Setup
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 176
1. Rotate to select Select on the wallpaper setup menu, then press . u The screen will change to the wallpaper list.
2. Rotate to select desired wallpaper and press . u When the scroll is stopped, the thumbnail is displayed.
1. Rotate to select Delete on the wallpaper setup menu, then press . u The screen will change to the delete wallpaper list.
2. Rotate to select wallpaper that you want to delete and press . u The confirmation message will appear.
3. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.
Select Wallpaper
Delete wallpaper
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Featu
res
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 177
Adjusting the Sound Press the SETUP button, and rotate to select Sound Settings, then press . Rotate
to scroll through the following choices:
Selector Knob
SETUP Button
Treble is selectable.
Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
BAS
TRE
FAD
BAL
SVC
177
178
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Featu res
A.SEL (Auto Select) Button Press to scan both bands and store the strongest station in each preset. To turn off auto select, press the button again. This restores the presets you originally set.
SETUP Button Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob Turn to tune the radio frequency.
SKIP Bar Press to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.
Preset Buttons (1-6) To store a station: 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Pick a preset button and hold it until
you hear a beep. To listen to a stored station, select a band, then press the preset button.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 178
Playing AM/FM Radio
SCAN Button Press to sample each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, press the button again.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
FM Button Press to select a band.
AM Button
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
FOLDER Bar Press either side to display and select an RDS category.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu
res
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you store 6 stations each.
Auto Select function scans and stores up to 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations with a strong signal into the preset button memory.
If you do not like the stations auto select has stored, you can manually store your preferred frequencies.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 179
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
RDS Information 1. Press the SETUP button and rotate to
select RDS Information. 2. Each time you press , the RDS
Information switches between on and off.
To find an RDS station from your selected program category 1. Press the FOLDER bar to display and select
an RDS category. 2. Use SKIP or SCAN to select an RDS station.
Radio Data System (RDS)
RDS Category
179
180
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Featu res
CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.
SKIP Bar Press or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA or AAC). Press and hold to move rapidly within a track/file
Selector Knob Turn to change tracks/files. Turn to select an item, then press to set your selection.
CD Button Press to play a CD.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
SETUP Button Press to display menu items.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 180
Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA or AAC format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.
SCAN Button You will get a 10-second sampling of each song. Press to sample all tracks on the CD (all files in
the current folder in MP3, WMA or AAC). Press and hold to sample the first file in each of
the main folders (MP3, WMA or AAC). To turn off scan, press the button.
(CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
FOLDER Bar Press (+ to skip to the next folder, and (- to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA or AAC.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu
res
1Playing a CD
NOTICE Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, then skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: When you select a new folder, file, or track. When you change the audio mode to CD. When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 181
1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob (MP3/WMA/AAC)
Folder Selection
Track Selection
Continued 181
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
182
Featu res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Press the BACK button to go back to the previous display, and press the SETUP button to cancel this setting mode.
Play Mode Menu Items Normal Play Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track/file(s). Repeat One Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder. Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All: Plays all tracks/files in random order.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 182
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a track or file. 1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn off a play mode 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Items
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu
res
AUX Button Press to select iPod (if connected).
USB Indicator Appears when an iPod is connected.
SKIP Bar Press or to change songs. Press and hold to move rapidly within a song.
SETUP Button Press to display menu items.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 183
Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable* P. 167
Album Art
Selector Knob Turn to change songs. Turn to select an item, then press to set your selection.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
183Continued* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
184
Featu res
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 236
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 184
1. Press to display the iPod menu.
2. Rotate to select a menu.
3. Press to display the items on that menu. 4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
How to Select a File from the iPod Menu
iPod Menu
uuAudio System Basic Operationu Featu
res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Normal Play Repeat Off: Turns off the repeat mode. Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track. Shuffle Off: Turns off the shuffle mode. Shuffle: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 185
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file. 1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn off a play mode 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Items
Continued 185
186
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Featu res
AUX Button Press to select iPhone (if connected when the Pandora application is activated).
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
SKIP Bar Press to skip a song.
SETUP Button Press to display menu items.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 186
Playing Internet Radio Activate Pandora, and connect the iPhone using your USB connector to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable* P. 167
U.S. models
iPhone use only
Rating Icon
Selector Knob Press to enter PANDORA MENU. Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
FOLDER Bar Press (+ to the next station. Press (- to the previous station.
Album Art
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio Featu
res
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora app must first be installed on your iPhone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth Audio. Make sure Pandora mode on your audio system is selected.
1Pandora Menu
Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora P. 238
There are restrictions on the number of songs you can skip or dislike in a given hour.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 187
You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicles audio system. The available items are: Station List (QuickMix is also available) Like Dislike Resume/Pause SKIP Bookmark This Song Bookmark This Artist
Operating a menu item 1. Press to display the PANDORA MENU. 2. Rotate to select a menu. 3. Press to display the items on that menu.
Pandora Menu
187
188
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Featu res
SKIP Bar Press or to change files. Press and hold to move rapidly within a file.
SETUP Button Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob Press and turn to select a file, then press to set your selection.
AUX Button Press to select USB flash drive (if connected).
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
USB Indicator Appears when a USB flash drive is connected.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 188
Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable* P. 167
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
FOLDER Bar Press (+ to skip to the next folder, and (- to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.
SCAN Button You will get a 10-second sampling of each file. Press to sample all files in the current folder. Press and hold to sample the first file in each
of the main folders. To turn off scan, press the button.
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu
res
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 241
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 236
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 189
1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
Folder Selection
Track Selection
Continued 189
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
190
Featu res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Normal Play Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file. Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All: Plays all files in random order.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 190
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file. 1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn off a play mode 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Items
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio Featu
res
1Playing Bluetooth Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to operate devices that use data while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 191
Playing Bluetooth Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and linked to the vehicle's Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 275
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
SETUP Button Press to display menu items.
SKIP Bar Press or to change files.
AUX Button Press to Bluetooth Audio.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Selector Knob Turn to change files. Turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Press to display the devices name.
Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.
Preset 1 Button Press to switch the mode between pause and resume.
191Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio
192
Featu res
1To Play Bluetooth Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input jack, you may need to press the AUX button repeatedly to select the Bluetooth Audio system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 192
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and linked to HFL.
2. Press the AUX button.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL- compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth Audio, may be already linked.
To pause or resume a file 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Resume/Pause, then press . Each time you press , the setting switches between Pause and Resume.
To Play Bluetooth Audio Files
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 193
Audio System Basic Operation
res
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move , , or to select a secondary menu.
Audio Menu Items 2 Sound P. 204 2 Refresh Station List P. 208 2 Save Preset P. 207, 213 2 Radio Text P. 209 2 Music Search P. 219, 223, 229 2 Scan P. 220, 230 2 Random/Repeat P. 220, 224, 230 2 Tag Song* P. 209 2 Tagged Song List* P. 210 2 HD Subchannel* P. 210
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the audio system settings and preset memory are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.
To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the interface dial or MENU button to access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions.
Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. Move right, left, up or down to select a secondary menu. MENU button: Press to select any mode. The available mode includes Sound, Change Source, Refresh Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes. Play modes can be also selected from Scan, Random/Repeat, and so on. BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/information screen brightness. Press once and make an adjustment using the interface dial. u Each time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode.
Models with two displays
Interface Dial
MENU ButtonBACK Button
Button
193* Not available on all models
194
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Featu res
1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
Select to go back to the previous screen.
Use the / / / icons to turn the page.
X
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 194
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system.
Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio source.
Select More to display the menu items.
Selecting an Audio Source
Displaying the Menu Items
Select Audio Source.
Source List Icons
Select More. Menu Items
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu
res
1Shortcuts
The preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 195
You can preset the settings of two categories (Phone, Audio) from Shortcuts.
Shortcuts
Shortcuts Icon
Continued 195
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
196
Featu res
1Phone
Dial icon You can make a call using the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to input numbers.
2 To make a call using a phone number P. 320
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 196
Phone You can preset five speed dial entries, and make a call from one of the preset numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 304
To preset a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select Edit or No Entry. u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add. u Five presets appear. Select a No Entry
preset or an existing preset. u The screen changes to a list of previously
stored speed dial entries. 6. Select a number you want to store as a
shortcut.
To make a call from a speed dial entry: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select a preset number. u Dialing starts automatically.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu
res
1Phone
The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or missed calls.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 197
To delete a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select Edit. 5. Select Delete. 6. Select the preset number with the phone number you want to delete.
To make a call from call history: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Call History. 4. Select a phone number. u Dialing starts automatically.
Continued 197
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
198
Featu res
1Audio
You can also preset a station by pressing and holding the preset icon you want to store that station after step 3.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 198
Audio You can store up to six radio stations when playing AM, FM, or SiriusXM Radio.
To preset a station: 1. Tune to a radio station.
2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 206 2 Playing SiriusXM Radio P. 211
2. Select Shortcuts. 3. Select Audio. 4. Select Edit or No Entry. u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add. 6. Select the preset icon you want to store the
station.
To play a preset station: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Audio. 3. Select a preset icon.
To delete a preset station: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Audio. 3. Select Edit. 4. Select Delete. 5. Select the preset icon with the radio station
you want to delete.
199
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu
res
1. Select More, then Sound. 2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
1. Select More, then Screen Settings. 2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
Adjusting the Sound 1Adjusting the Sound
Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 204
Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.
You can also adjust the sound to select on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
Changing the Screen Settings
1Changing the Screen Settings
The following are adjustable screen settings: Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness.
Brightness Contrast Black Level Display
Changes between the daytime or nighttime modes.
Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen.
Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
Fade Timer Sets the screen black out timing.
Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 199
200
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
Button
App
APP Button
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 200
Audio/Information Screen Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various setup options.
Press the PHONE, INFO, AUDIO and APP buttons to go to the corresponding display.
Audio Shows the current audio information.
Switching the Display
AudioInfoPhone
AUDIOPHONE Button INFO Button
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 201
Phone Shows the HFL information. 2Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 268
Info Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate to select an item, then press .
Trip computer (Current Drive) Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
Trip computer (History of Trip A) Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles. Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
Deleting the history manually 1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press . 2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
Clock/Wallpaper Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
App Connects with your smartphone to start the navigation app.
2 Smartphone Navi Apps P. 233
201Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
202
Featu res
1Wallpaper Setup
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drives root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported.
The file name must be fewer than 255 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 202
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
Import wallpaper You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port.
2 USB Port* P. 168
2. Press the SETTINGS button. 3. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock,
Clock/Wallpaper Type. 4. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen will change to the wallpaper
list. 5. Rotate to select Add New, then press . 6. Rotate to select a desired picture. u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen. 7. Press . u The confirmation message will appear.
Then the display will return to the wallpaper list.
Wallpaper Setup
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview and press to see a preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, press to select OK.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be previewed.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 203
Select wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
5. Press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate to select Set, then press . u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
Delete wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press . u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely. u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
203
204
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Featu res
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 199 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 204
Adjusting the Sound 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then
press . 3. Rotate to select Sound, then press .
Rotate to scroll through the following choices:
SETTINGS Button
Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Subwoofer
SVC
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup Featu
res
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 205
Display Setup You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . 3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
. 4. Rotate to adjust the setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . 3. Rotate to select Background Color,
then press . 4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
Changing the Screen Brightness
Changing the Screens Color Theme
205
206
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Featu res
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
Tune Up/Down Icons Select or to tune the radio frequency.
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.
More Select to display the menu items.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio stations. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
TAG Select to tag the song if it is played on an HD RadioTM station. The iPod/iPhone should be connected to the audio system to store the tagged song information on your device.
Models with HD RadioTM
iPod/iPhone
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 206
Playing AM/FM Radio
Audio/Information Screen
Audio Source Select to change a band or change an audio source.
To listen to a stored channel, select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).
Presets Select to store a station.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
Tune Up/Down Icons
Scan Select to sample each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu
res
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170 You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU button and selecting Change Source on the Audio menu screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and Arc logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 207
To store a station:
1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Move to select Preset tab. 3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station. 4. Press and hold for a few seconds.
You can also store a station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press
.
1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Change the display to the preset screen. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
You can also store a station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. 4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.
Preset Memory
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Continued 207
208
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 208
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
To find an RDS station from Station List 1. Rotate to select the station, then press .
Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Rotate to select Refresh, then press .
You can also update a station by the following procedure. 1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station. 2. Rotate to select Refresh Station List, then press .
Radio Data System (RDS)
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 209
Radio text Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan, then press . To turn off scan, press to select Stop Scan, or press the BACK button.
1. Select More. 2. Select Scan. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
Tag song to device If your a iPhone/iPod is connected to the USB port you can store the TAG information. If the iPod/iPhone is not connected to the audio system, the information is stored in the audio unit temporarily, then once the device is connected to the system, data is transferred to the iPod/iPhone. To store the TAG information to the iPod/iPhone, or the audio system: 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tag Song, then press . 3. Select the song for which you want to save the information.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Models with HD RadioTM
209Continued
210
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 210
Tagged song list Displays the TAG information saved to the audio system. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tagged Song List, then press .
HD subchannel Displays the subchannel list when an HD RadioTM station is selected.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select HD Subchannel, then press . 3. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .
Select the or when the subchannel number is displayed.
You can also select the channel by the following procedure. 1. Select More. 2. Select HD Subchannel. 3. Select the channel number.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
Channel Up/Down Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.
Category Up/Down Icons Select or to display and select an SiriusXM Radio category.
TAG Select to tag a song played at an SiriusXM Radio channel. The iPod/ iPhone should be connected to the audio system to store the tagged song information on your device.
Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a playback channel. Select and hold to return to a real- time program while listening to a channel in Replay function.
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
More Select to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 211
Playing SiriusXM Radio
Channel Up/Down Icons
Scan Select to scan each channel.
Presets Select to store a channel. To listen to a stored channel, select 1-12.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change section in the channel. Select and hold to move rapidly within the section.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio channel. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
Audio Source Select to change a band or change an audio source.
211Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
212
Featu res
1Playing SiriusXM Radio
In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system.
SiriusXM Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections.
Tune Start: When you change a channel, a song being played on that channel restarts from the beginning with this function. This can be turned on or off from the Play Song from Beginning setting.
2 Customized Features* P. 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 212
1. Select the SiriusXM mode. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170 2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 194
2. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .
2. Select a channel using the , icons on the tune mode screen or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.
To change the tune mode:
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select XM Tune Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select XM Tune Mode. 3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
To Play SiriusXM Radio
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Playing SiriusXM Radio
You can store 12 SiriusXM channels into the preset memory.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 213
To store a channel:
1. Tune to the selected channel with channel list tab. 2. Move to select Preset tab. 3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the channel. 4. Press and hold for a few seconds.
You can also store a channel in the following steps. 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that channel, then press
.
1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Change the display to the preset screen. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel.
You can also store a channel in the following steps. 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. 4. Select the preset number you want to store that channel.
Preset Memory
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Continued 213
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
214
Featu res
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM can be displayed.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 214
Multi-channel preset (for music channels only) You can store up to four of your preferred music channels per preset and listen to them randomly.
1. Tune a station. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. u Preset numbers you can add more music
channels to are highlighted. 4. Select a highlighted preset number you
want to add a music channel. u A message appears if there are no
available presets. 5. Select Add from the Add/Replace screen.
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM can be displayed and selected. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Featured Channels, then press . 3. Rotate to select a channel, then press .
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Listening to Featured Channels
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory. You can check how long the program has been stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is behind the real-time broadcast (B): Replayed segment (C): Length stored in memory
Audio/Information Screen
(C)
(B)
(A)
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 215
The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each broadcast.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Playback, then press . 3. Rotate to select a channel then press . To play or pause in playback mode:
Select icon.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Play/Pause, then press .
Returning to real-time broadcast
Select and hold the icon or select More then, select Go to Live.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Go to Live, then press .
Replay Function
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Interface Dial
Continued 215
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
216
Featu res
1Live Sports Alert
The sports alert function at SiriusXM mode only.
1To set up a sports alert
Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM mode is on. Selecting Enable(one time) from customize settings disables the alert feature next time you turn the power mode to ON.
2 Customized Features* P. 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 216
While listening to other channels you can receive sports alerts such as scores from your favorite teams.
To set up a sports alert 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then
press . 3. Select SXM tab. 4. Select SportsFlashTM. 5. Select Notification, then select Enable. 6. Press the BACK button. 7. Select Favorite Teams, then select a team.
Receiving a sport alert
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sport alert. 2. Rotate to select Listen Now, then press .
Listen missed sports alert
If you have missed a sports alert: 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select SportsFlashTM, then press . 3. Rotate to select Alert, then press .
Live Sports Alert
Interface Dial
Interface Dial
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Scan
You can select desired channel by songs using Scan Songs in presets.
The Scan Songs in Presets function is based on TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM.
The Featured Channels function is based on Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM.
TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 217
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan, then press . 3. Rotate to select an item, then press . To turn off scan, press to select Stop Scan, or press the BACK button.
1. Select More. 2. Select Scan. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
If your iPhone/iPod is connected to the USB port you can store the TAG information. If the iPod/iPhone is not connected to the audio system, the information is stored in the audio unit temporarily. Once the device is connected to the system, data is transferred to the iPod/iPhone. To store the TAG information to the iPod/iPhone, or the audio system: 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tag Song, then press . 3. Select the song for which you want to save the information.
Displays the TAG information saved to the audio system. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tagged Song List, then press .
Scan
Tag Song to Device
Tagged Song List
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
217
218
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Featu res
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.
(CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC). Select and hold to move rapidly within a track/file.
More Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file.
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 218
Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and
to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.
Audio Source Select to change an audio source.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
Scan Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks.
Random Icon Select to plays all tracks/files in random order.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu
res
1Playing a CD
NOTICE Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, then skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: When you select a new folder, file, or track. When you change the audio mode to CD. When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 219
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song
list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/AAC)
Folder Selection
File Selection
Continued 219
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
220
Featu res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10- second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file. Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random order.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 220
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat. 3. Select a mode.
To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
How to Select a Play Mode
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
Random/Repeat is selected.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu
res
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
Album Bar Select to search for an album.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song.
More Select to display the menu items.
USB Indicator Appears when an iPod is connected.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Album Art Icon
Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current song.
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 221
Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod mode.
2 USB Port* P. 168
Audio/Information Screen
Audio Source Select to change an audio source.
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
Album Art
Pause/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a song.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
Shuffle Icon Select to change a play mode in album shuffle or shuffle all songs.
221Continued* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
222
Featu res
1How to Select an Album
This function may not be available depending on models or versions.
Select to go back to the previous screen.X
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 222
1. Select the album bar. u The image of the current album is displayed.
2. Select or icon to search for an album. u When the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.
How to Select an Album
Select an album image.
Select the album bar.
Album Bar Album Image
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu
res
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 Audio Error Messages P. 235
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 223
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a song from the Music Search list.
You can also select a song by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song
list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a song from the list.
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Continued 223
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
224
Featu res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Repeat Song: Repeats the current track. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 224
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then
press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select Shuffle/Repeat. 3. Select a mode.
To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
How to Select a Play Mode
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio Featu
res
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is currently available exclusively in the United States.
U.S. models
USB Indicator Appears when a phone is connected.
Skip Icon Select to skip a song.
More Select to display the menu items.
Station Up/Down Icons Select to change a station.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 225
Playing Internet Radio Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth.
You can also connect the phone using your USB connector to the USB port. Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode.
Compatible phones only
iPhone
Audio/Information Screen
Album Art
Rating Icon
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
Audio Source Select Pandora or AhaTM.
Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a song.
Like/Dislike Icons Select to evaluate a song.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
225Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
226
Featu res
1Playing Internet Radio
To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-888-528-7876.
Pandora is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth Audio. Make sure Pandora mode on your audio system is selected.
1Pandora Menu
Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora P. 238
There are restrictions on the number of songs you can skip or dislike in a given hour.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 226
You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicles audio system. The available items are:
Operating a menu item The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Change Source, press the MENU button, then press .
Pandora Menu
Skip Forward Dislike Play/Pause Bookmark Track Station List Bookmark Artist Like Change Source
U.S. models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio Featu
res
1AhaTM Radio Menu
AhaTM by Harman is a cloud-based service that organizes your favorite web content into live radio stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio, location-based services, and audio updates from social media sites.
Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 AhaTM Radio P. 240
The menu items vary depending on the station you selected.
To use this service in your vehicle, the AcuraLink app must be installed on your phone. Visit owners.acura.com/apps for more information.
You must have a previously set up Aha account prior to using the service in your vehicle. Visit www.aharadio.com for more information.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 227
You can operate some of the AhaTM menu items from your vehicles audio system. The available items are:
Operating a menu item The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Change Source or Stations, press the MENU button, then press .
AhaTM Radio Menu
Like Tracks Dislike Reply Play/Pause Change Source 15sec rewind Stations 30sec Skip
227
228
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Featu res
More Select to display the menu items.
USB Indicator Appears when a USB flash drive is connected.
Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file.
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file.
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 228
Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port* P. 168
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.
Audio Source Select to change an audio source.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
Random Icon Select to plays all tracks/files in random order.
Scan Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks.
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu
res
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 241
Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 Audio Error Messages P. 235
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 229
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song
list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
Folder Selection
File Selection
Continued 229
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
230
Featu res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder.
Random/Repeat Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current file. Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 230
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat. 3. Select a mode.
To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select More. 2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
How to Select a Play Mode
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
Random/Repeat is selected.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio Featu
res
1Playing Bluetooth Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 231
Playing Bluetooth Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 304
Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
Play Icon
Pause Icon
More Select to display the menu items.
Audio Source Select to change an audio source.
Interface Dial/ ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files.
MENU Button Press to display the menu items.
Folder Up/Down Icons Select or to change folders.
On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM
Audio/Information Screen
VOL/ (Volume/ Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu.
231Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio
232
Featu res
1To Play Bluetooth Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone makers operating instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. This function may not be available on some phones.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 232
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL.
2. Select the Bluetooth Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL- compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth Audio, may already be connected.
To pause or resume a file
1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .
Select the play icon or pause icon.
To Play Bluetooth Audio Files
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmartphone Navi Apps Featu
res
1Smartphone Navi Apps
You must purchase the AcuraLink navigation app. The required cable kit is sold separately. See your dealer for more information.
Not all phones and apps are compatible with the system. The system does not display all the available apps on smartphone, and some apps need to be preinstalled. See your dealer for details.
You need to switch the Bluetooth connection to your smartphone if another electronic device is connected.
2 To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system) P. 305
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 233
Smartphone Navi Apps You can connect an iPhone to the system to enable integration between the AcuraLink navigation app on your phone and the vehicle. This allows you to see the app on the vehicle display. Use the interface dial and buttons to control the app when connected to the vehicle. For more information on the AcuraLink navigation app, its features and operation, phone compatibility, connection requirements, and downloading, visit acuralink.acura.com.
Audio/Information screen The navigation app icon installed in your iPhone appears on the screen.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Use the display to input information.
APP button Press to activate the app. The app appears when your phone with Acura-unique navigation app installed is connected to the audio system via Bluetooth and using an HDMI cable.
MENU button Press to display Navigation App menu, such as: Destination Map Options Route Options, etc.
SETTINGS button Press to set up the following: Display Adjustment Guidance Volume Sync Clock w/ Smartphone
Interface Dial Rotate left and right to
zoom in and out. Move to eight directions to
scroll the map.
233
234
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Featu res
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for Siri.
When operating the vehicle, only use Siri through the Talk button.
1Using Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 234
Siri Eyes Free You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.
2 Phone Setup P. 275
Using Eyes Free
iPhone only
Appears when Siri is activated in Eyes Free
Talk button: Press and hold until the display changes as shown.
Hang-up/Back button: Press to deactivate Siri.
While in Eyes Free: The display remains the same. No feedback or commands appear.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 235
Audio Error Messages
res
Solution
will be skipped. The next supported track/file lly.
t) button and remove the disc, and check that the cleared. isc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
CDs P. 243
age reappears, press the button, and pull out
disc. lays, there is a problem with the first disc. age repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
ce the disc out of the player.
isc is not damaged or deformed. CDs P. 243
ystem off and allow the player to cool down until e is cleared.
CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
*1:Models with one display *2:Models with two displays
Error Message Cause
Unplayable File Track/file format not supported Current track/file
plays automatica
Bad Disc Please check owners manual Push Eject*1
Mechanical error
Press the (ejec error message is
Check that the d disc again.
2 Protecting If the error mess
the disc. Insert a different
If the new disc p If the error mess
contact a dealer. Do not try to for
Bad Disc Please Check Owners Manual Push Eject*2
Mecha Error
Bad Disc Please check owners manual*1
Servo error Bad Disc Please Check Owners Manual*2
Check Disc Disc error Check that the d
2 Protecting
Heat Error*2 High temperature Turn the audio s
the error messag
235
236
uuAudio Error Messagesu iPod/USB Flash Drive
Featu res
ion
ter unit*1 or audio unit*2. Check if the device is it*2.
Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system ce that caused the error.
tible files are stored on the device.
it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
e iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
M or an unsupported format. This error message ng.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 236
iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:Models with one display *2:Models with two displays
Error Message Solut
USB Error Appears when there is a problem with the USB adap compatible with the USB adapter unit*1 or audio un
Bad USB Device Please Check Owners Manual.*1
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the deviIncompatible USB Device
Please Check Owners Manual*2
No Song*1 Appears when the iPod is empty. Check that compa
Unsupported Ver*1 Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If update the iPod software to the newer version.Unsupported Version*2
Retry Connection*1
Appears when the system does not acknowledge th Connect Retry*2
Unplayable File Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DR appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next so
uuAudio Error Messagesu Featu
res
ion
are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
.
If it appears when a supported device is
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 237
*2:Models with two displays
Error Message Solut
No Data
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device
Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. connected, reconnect the device.
iPod*2
USB flash drive
iPod*2 and USB flash drive
237Continued
238
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora
Featu res
ion
Use the device to create a station.
ase update the device application.
nance. Try again later.
ck your device.
Solution
n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do e device that caused the error.
ere is no station list on the device. Use the device n.
ou try to skip a song or select Dislike over the umber of times in an hour.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 238
Pandora If an error occurs while playing Pandora, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solut
PANDORA No Station Appears when there is no station list on the device.
PANDORA Requires Update Appears when Pandora version is not supported. Ple
PANDORA Unavailable Appears when Pandora is performing system mainte
PANDORA Cannot Connect Appears when Pandora is unable to play music. Che
PANDORA Loading... Appears when Pandora is loading.
Error Message
Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owners Manual
Appears when a the device. Then not reconnect th
No stations have been created. Please create a station on the device.
Appears when th to create a statio
Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may skip each hour.
Appears when y predetermined n
U.S. models
Models with one display
Models with two displays
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora Featu
res
Solution
e commanded operation is failed. Try again later.
o data is available with Pandora activated. and reconnect the device.
andora version is not supported. Update latest version.
e Pandora server is in maintenance. Try again
andora is unable to play music. Check your
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 239
Error Message
Unable to save rating. Unable to save bookmark or Unable to skip
Appears when th
No data Appears when n Reboot the app
PANDORA App version is not supported. Appears when P Pandora to the
PANDORA system maintenance Appears when th later.
Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your mobile device.
Appears when P device.
239
240
uuAudio Error MessagesuAhaTM Radio
Featu res
Solution
he AhaTM app is not activated. Check your device.
n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. t the device that caused the error.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 240
AhaTM Radio If an error occurs while playing AhaTM Radio, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
Cannot connect to aha. When stopped, check your mobile device.
Appears when t
Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owners Manual
Appears when a the device. Then Do not reconnec
Models with two displays
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 241
General Information on the Audio System
res
1Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM Radio: US: SiriusXM Radio at www.siriusxm.com or 1-800- 852-9696 Canada: SiriusXM Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or 1-877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM Radio
The SiriusXM satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator.
You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle. In tunnels On the lower level of a multi-tiered road Large items carried on the roof rack
SiriusXM Radio Service*
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, select CH 000 and the radio ID appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM mode by pressing the MODE button repeatedly or operating the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception.
Loading: SiriusXM is loading the audio or program information. Ch off air: The channel is not currently broadcasting. Ch unauthorized: SiriusXM radio is receiving information update from the network. No signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Ch unavailable: No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or title information is unavailable. Check antenna: There is a problem with the SiriusXM antenna. Contact a dealer.
Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio
Receiving SiriusXM Radio
SiriusXM Radio Display Messages
241* Not available on all models
242
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Featu res
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 242
Recommended CDs Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs Featu
res
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/ Wrinkled
With Label/ Sticker
Using Printer Label Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/ Cracked
Warped Burrs
Small CDs
3-inch (8-cm) CD
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 243
Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface. Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
243
244
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Featu res
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 244
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80/160GB (launched in 2007) iPod classic 120GB (launched in 2008) iPod classic 160GB (launched in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 6th generation) launch in 2010 iPod touch (1st to 4th generation) launch in 2010
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s
USB Flash Drives
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 245
Customized Features*
res
1Customized Features*
When you customize settings, make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to (P.
To customize other features, rotate , move , , or , and press . 2 List of customizable options P. 251
See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the Vehicle Settings.
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
How to customize Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
SETTINGS Button
Audio/Information Screen
245Continued* Not available on all models
246
uuCustomized Features*u
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 246
Customization flow
Press the SETTINGS button.
Voice Prompt
Brightness Contrast
Black Level
Bluetooth Status Bluetooth Device List
Edit pairing code
Default
Display
System Settings
Bluetooth
Voice Recognition
Sync Display Brightness
Factory Data Reset
Background Color Header Clock Display
Clock
Clock Adjustment Clock Format
Clock
Language Display Operation Restriction Tips*
Others
Wallpaper Clock/Wallpaper
Type
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Features*u Featu
res
Trip A Reset Timing Trip B Reset Timing
Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Forward Collision Warning Distance*
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*
Turn by Turn Display*
Door Unlock Mode Keyless Access Light Flash
Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Keyless Access Beep
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*
Blind Spot Info*
Road Departure Mitigation Setting*
ACC Display Speed Unit*
Remote Start System On/Off*
Memory Position Link
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 247
Default
Vehicle Settings
Driver Assist
System Setup
Keyless Access Setup
Lighting Setup
Driving Position Setup
Meter Setup
247Continued* Not available on all models
248
uuCustomized Features*u
Featu res
Sound Source Select Popup
Maintenance Resetnfo.
Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline
Cross Traffic Monitor
em Manual.
Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock
Cover Art*1
ect Bluetooth Audio Device*1
Bluetooth Device List*1
HD Radio Mode*1
Notification Beep
Favorite Teams ay Song from Beginning*1
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 248
Default
Audio Settings
Maintenance I
Rear
Camera
*1:
See the Navigation Syst Navi
Settings
Door Setup
Conn
May change depending on your currently selected source.
SportsFlashTM*1
Pl
Default
Camera Settings
uuCustomized Features*u Featu
res
Add Bluetooth Device
Disconnect
Connect Phone
Edit Bluetooth Device
Add Bluetooth Device
Bluetooth Device
List
Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert
Message Auto Reading
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 249
Default
Phone
Default
Default
Text/Email
Phone Settings
249Continued
250
uuCustomized Features*u
Featu res
Info Screen Preference
Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Display Adjustment Guidance Volume
ync Clock w/ Smartphone
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 250
Clock
Default Other
Info Settings
Default
S
App
Settings
uuCustomized Features*u Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 251
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System Settings
Display
Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the display brightness synchronizes with the instrument panel brightness.
On*1/Off
Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information screen.
Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information screen.
Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information screen.
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth on and off. On*1/Off
Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a paired phone, and creates a security PIN.
2 Phone Setup P. 304
Edit pairing code Changes a pairing code. 2 To change the pairing code setting P. 306
Random/Fixed*1
251Continued
252
uuCustomized Features*u
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
ch option. prompts.
Beginner*1/Expert
y type. Analog/Digital*1/ Small Digital/Off
type. or a new wallpaper. r a wallpaper. 02
Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic/Add New
isplay from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 252
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
System Settings
Voice Recog- nition
Voice Prompt Beginner: Explains ea Expert: Turns off voice
Clock
Clock/ Wallpaper Type
Clock Changes the clock displa
Wallpaper
Changes the wallpaper Imports an image file f Deletes an image file fo
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 2
Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. 2 Clock P. 108
Clock Format Selects the digital clock d
uuCustomized Features*u Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
uage. English*1/Franais/ Espaol
control of the system is tion while driving. Only
lable. On*1/Off
color of the audio/ e On Demand Multi-
Blue*1/Amber/Red/ Green
display comes on. On*1/Off
heir factory default. ttings P. 265
ized items in the s default.
Default/OK
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 253
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
System Settings
Others
Language Changes the display lang
Display Operation Restriction Tips*
Alerts you when manual disabled to prevent distrac voice commands are avai
Background Color Changes the background information screen and th Use DisplayTM.
Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock
Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to t 2 Defaulting All the Se
Default Cancels/Resets all custom System Settings group a
253Continued* Not available on all models
254
uuCustomized Features*u
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
e CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short
p when the system the vehicle goes out of On/Off*1
or ACC on the multi- mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)
he road departure Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only
p when the LKAS is On/Off*1
he blind spot Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 254
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
Vehicle Settings
Driver Assist System Setup
Forward Collision Warning Distance* Changes at which distanc
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*
Causes the system to bee detects a vehicle, or when the ACC range.
ACC Display Speed Unit* Changes the speed unit f information display.
Road Departure Mitigation Setting*
Changes the setting for t mitigation system.
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*
Causes the system to bee suspended.
Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for t information.
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Features*u Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
guage on the multi- English*1/Franais/ Espaol
eading by a few -5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.) -3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)
w to reset trip meter A, average speed A, and
When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1
w to reset trip meter B, average speed B, and
When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1
by-turn display comes nce.
On*1/Off
memory system on and On*1/Off
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 255
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
Vehicle Settings
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the displayed lan information display.
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Adjusts the temperature r degrees.
Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy A, elapsed time A.
Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy B, elapsed time B.
Turn by Turn Display* Selects whether the turn- on during the route guida
Driving Position Setup
Memory Position Link Turns the driving position off.
255Continued* Not available on all models
256
uuCustomized Features*u
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
lock when you grab the Driver Door Only*1/ All Doors
ts to flash when you On*1/Off
nd when you unlock/ On*1/Off
start feature on and off. On*1/Off
e the interior lights stay ors.
60seconds/ 30seconds*1/ 15seconds
e the exterior lights e drivers door.
60seconds/ 30seconds/ 15seconds*1/ 0seconds
e headlights to come Max/High/Mid*1/ Low/Min
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 256
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
Vehicle Settings
Keyless Access Setup
Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors un drivers door handle.
Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior ligh unlock/lock the doors.
Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sou lock the doors.
Remote Start System On/ Off* Turns the remote engine
Lighting Setup
Interior Light Dimming Time
Changes the length of tim on after you close the do
Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of tim stay on after you close th
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for th on.
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Features*u Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
he automatic locking With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P/ Off
hen the doors unlock
All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off
door or all doors to f the remote or built-in
Driver Door*1/All Doors
rior lights flash. eper sounds.
On*1/Off
for the doors to relock set after you unlock ng any door.
90seconds/ 60seconds/ 30seconds*1
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 257
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
Vehicle Settings
Door Setup
Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for t feature.
Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for w automatically.
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Sets up either the drivers unlock on the first push o key.
Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exte LOCK (2nd push)- The be
Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes and the security system to the vehicle without openi
257Continued
258
uuCustomized Features*u
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
display when you have ce service.
ized items in the as default.
Default/OK
guidelines come on the On*1/Off
mic guidelines come on On*1/Off
ized items in the Rear .
Default/OK
nitor feature on and off. On*1/Off
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 258
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Descri
Vehicle Settings
Mainte- nance Info.
Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life performed the maintenan
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Vehicle Settings group
Camera Settings
Rear Camera
Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed rear camera monitor.
Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dyna the rear camera monitor.
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Camera group as default
Cross Traffic Monitor
Turns the cross traffic mo
uuCustomized Features*u Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
audio speakers sound. P. 204
-6 ~ C*1 ~ +6 (Bass, Treble, Subwoofer), FR9 ~ C*1 ~ RR9 (Fader), R9 ~ C*1 ~ L9 (Balance), Off/Low/ Mid*1/High (SVC)
f selectable audio he AUDIO button is On/Off*1
system automatically io waves or receives the Auto*1/Analog
ts alert function. Disable*1/Enable/ Enable(one time)
p when the sports alert On*1/Off
t teams. 16
On*1/Off
e Start function. On*1/Off
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 259
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
Audio Settings
Sound Adjusts the settings of the 2 Adjusting the Sound
Source Select Popup Selects whether the list o sources comes on when t pressed.
HD Radio Mode*
Selects whether the audio switches to the digital rad analogue waves only.
SportsFlashTM*
Notification Turns on and off the spor
Beep Causes the system to bee is notified.
Favorite Teams
Selects your favorite spor 2 Live Sports Alert P. 2
Play Song from Beginning Turns on and off the Tun
FM/AM mode
SiriusXM mode
SiriusXM mode
259Continued* Not available on all models
260
uuCustomized Features*u
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
r art display. On*1/Off
pairs a Bluetooth
th Audio device paired
ized items in the Audio lt. Default/OK
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 260
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
Audio Settings
Cover Art Turns on and off the cove
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device Connects, disconnects or Audio device to HFL.
Bluetooth Device List Edits or deletes a Bluetoo to HFL.
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defau
iPod, USB, Pandora* or AhaTM mode
Bluetooth Audio, Pandora* or AhaTM mode
Bluetooth Audio, Pandora* or AhaTM mode
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Features*u Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
, or connects or e.
, edits or deletes a a security PIN.
eed dial entry.
transfer from your nter the vehicle.
On*1/Off
cally answer an four seconds.
On/Off*1
Fixed/Mobile Phone*1/Off
be automatically s paired to HFL.
On*1/Off
on an incoming call On*1/Off
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 261
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
Phone Settings
Phone
Connect Phone Pairs a new phone to HFL disconnects a paired phon
2 Phone Setup P. 304
Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL paired phone, or creates
2 Phone Setup P. 304
Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a sp 2 Phone Setup P. 304
Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically phone to HFL when you e
Auto Answer Sets whether to automati incoming call after about
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.
Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to imported when a phone i
Use Contact Photo Displays a callers picture screen.
261Continued
262
uuCustomized Features*u
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
sage function on and On*1/Off
essage account.
alert comes on the a new text/e-mail
m automatically reads cted, whether only On/Off/Auto*1
ized items in the Phone lt.
Default/OK
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 262
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
Phone Settings
Text/ Email
Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail mes off.
Select Account Selects a text or e-mail m
New Text/Email Alert Selects whether a pop-up screen when HFL receives message.
Message Auto Reading Selects whether the syste out messages, and, if sele when driving.
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defau
uuCustomized Features*u Featu
res
tion Selectable Settings
m Settings on P. 251 to P. 253.
n the INFO button is
pops up. u pops up. pop up.
Info Top/Info Menu*1/Off
ized items in the Info t.
Default/OK
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 263
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descrip
Info Settings
Clock
Clock/ Wallpaper Type
Clock
See Syste Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Other Info Screen Preference
Selects the top menu whe pressed. Info Top- A brief menu Info Menu- A full men Off- A menu does not
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defaul
263Continued
264
uuCustomized Features*u
Featu res
ption Selectable Settings
f the audio/information
the audio/information
f the audio/information
audio/information
dio/information screen.
me level with 0 ~ 9*1 ~ 11
links to the device you On/Off*1
ized items in the App lt.
Default/OK
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 264
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
App Settings
Display Adjustment
Brightness Changes the brightness o screen.
Contrast Changes the contrast of screen.
Black Level Changes the black level o screen.
Color Changes the color of the screen.
Tint Changes the tint of the au
Guidance Volume Adjusts the guidance volu navigation app.
Sync Clock w/ Smartphone Selects whether the clock connect.
Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defau
uuCustomized Features*uDefaulting All the Settings Featu
res
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data.
The following settings will be reset: Audio preset settings Phonebook entries Other display and each item settings.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 265
Defaulting All the Settings You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . 3. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,
then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.
5. Rotate to select Yes, then press again to reset the settings. u The confirmation message will appear.
Press to select OK.
265
266
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 266
HomeLink Universal Transceiver*
1HomeLink Universal Transceiver*
HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls., Inc.
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an electronic eye, or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
The HomeLink Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage doors path.
Training HomeLink If you have not trained any of the buttons in HomeLink before, you should erase any previously learned codes. To do this: Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1.
If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1.
Important Safety Precautions
Red Indicator
* Not available on all models
uuHomeLink Universal Transceiver*uTraining HomeLink Featu
res
1Training HomeLink
Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure:
Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the devices instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515.
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
2. Continue to hold the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under Training a Button.
Indicator remains on for about 25 secs.
Standard transmitter Indicator blinks rapidly for two secs, then remains on for about 23 secs.
Rolling code transmitter
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 267
Training a Button
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3-8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program.
2.
3.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) blink after 10 secs?
Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work?
a.
4.
5. a.
b.
Training Complete
Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate.
The remote has a rolling code. Press the learn button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Training Complete
Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink button at the same time. Then, while continuing to hold the HomeLink button, press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Dose the LED blink within 20 secs?
HomeLink LED is on.
HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs, then remains on.
YES NO
NO
YES
YES NO
267
268
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 268
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
1Using HFL
Voice control tips Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone.
Press the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.
To change the volume level, use the audio system's volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation after ending the call.
See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up) button: Press to end a call. (Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag. (Back) button: Press to cancel a command.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen. Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
HFL Buttons
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Models with one display
Microphone
Pick-up Button
Selector Knob
PHONE Button
Hang-up Button Volume up
Volume down
Back Button
Talk Button
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL Featu
res
1Using HFL
Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English, French, or Spanish.
2 Language Selection P. 174
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 269
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 285
HFL Status Display
Signal Strength
HFL Mode Battery Level Status
Roam Status
Caller Name
Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.
Limitations for Manual Operation
Disabled option
269
270
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 270
HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Models with one display
Display your speed dial entry lists. (up to 15 entries per paired phone)
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Display the last 20 missed calls.
Display the paired phones phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
Phone
Speed Dial*1
Call History*1
PHONE or
Phonebook*1
Dial*1
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Missed Calls
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
eading
ssage
System reads received message aloud, or stop message from being read.
Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
See an entire received message (if more than three lines of text).
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 271
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Redial*1
Text Message Read/Stop rMessage is read aloud
Reply
Call
Display Me
Select message and .
Redial the last number dialed in the phones history.
271Continued
272
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
Phone
Phone
Phone
hone
ode
Pair a phone to the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Delete a previously paired phone.
Create a code for a paired phone.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 272
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Phone Setup Connection Add a New
Connect a
Disconnect
Delete a P
Pairing C
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
ok
ory
mber
ed Dial
d Dial
e Tag
ce Tag
e Tag
ist
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
Change a previously stored speed dial number.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 273
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Speed Dial*1 Phonebo
Call Hist
Phone Nu
Change Spe
Delete Spee
Store Voic
Change Voi
Delete Voic
Add New
Existing entry l
273Continued
274
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
ority
iority
cally transfer from your phone to HFL when you
Prioritize the callers name as the caller ID.
Prioritize the callers phone number as the caller ID.
for a paired phone.
essage notifications on or off.
ll paired phones, phonebook entries, and security
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 274
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Passcode*1
Auto Transfer
Caller ID Info Name Pri
Number Pr
Message Notice
System Clear
Set calls to automati enter the vehicle.
Create a security PIN
Turn incoming text m
Clear the system of a codes.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL. If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth Audio.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 275
To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone doesnt appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to input on your phone. When your phone prompts you, input the four-digit pairing code.
6. You will receive a notification on the screen if pairing is successful.
Phone Setup
Continued 275
276
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 276
To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the button. u If a prompt appears asking to connect to
a phone, select No and proceed with step 2.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press .
3. Rotate to select Connection, then press .
4. Rotate to select Add a New Phone, then press . u The screen changes to Select Location.
5. Rotate to select Empty, then press .
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 277
6. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
7. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone doesnt appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.
8. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to input on your phone. When your phone prompts you, input the four-digit pairing code.
9. You will receive a notification on the screen if pairing is successful.
277Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
278
Featu res
1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 278
To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Connection, then press .
4. Rotate to select Pairing Code, then press .
5. Rotate to select Fixed or Random, then press .
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 279
To delete a paired phone 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select
Connection, then Delete a Phone.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to delete, then press .
4. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u You will receive a notification on the
screen if it is successful.
279Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
280
Featu res
1To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 280
1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Message Notice, then press .
4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then press .
To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To Create a Security PIN
In the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 281
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select
Passcode. 3. Select a phone you want to add a security
PIN to. u Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. u Rotate to select Yes, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number. u Rotate to select, then press . Press
to delete. Press to enter the security PIN.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step
2.
To Create a Security PIN
Continued 281
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
282
Featu res 1Callers ID Information
Name Priority mode: A callers name is displayed if it is stored in the phonebook. Number Priority mode: A callers phone number is displayed.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 282
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press . 4. You will receive a notification on the screen
if the change is successful.
You can select a callers information to be displayed when you have an incoming call.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Caller ID
Info. 3. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press . 4. You will receive a notification on the screen
if the change is successful.
Automatic Transferring
Callers ID Information
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 283
Security codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, and all imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select System
Clear. 3. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
4. You will receive a notification message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
5. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Press to finish.
To Clear the System
283Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
284
Featu res
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Car
Fax
Message
Other
Voice
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 284
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL.
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Speed Dial
You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to store a speed dial number: 1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button
during a call. 2. The contact information for the active call will be
stored for the corresponding speed dial.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 285
Up to 15 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial, then Add New. 3. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press . By Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell
phones imported phonebook. By Call History: u Select a number from the call history. By Phone Number: u Input the number manually.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to say the name for the speed dial entry.
Speed Dial
Continued 285
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
286
Featu res
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tag. Avoid using home as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use John Smith instead of John.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 286
To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. 4. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then
press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
To delete a voice tag 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. 4. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press . u You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 287
To delete a speed dial number 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. 4. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press . u You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
Making a Call
Continued 287
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
288
Featu res
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored speed dial number with a voice tag using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 269 2 Speed Dial P. 285
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored speed dial number with a voice tag using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 269 2 Speed Dial P. 285
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 288
To make a call using the imported phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook are automatically imported to HFL. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press
. 3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate to select the initial, then press .
4. Rotate to select a name, then press . 5. Rotate to select a number, then press
. u Dialing starts automatically.
To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 3. Rotate to select a number, then press
. 4. Rotate to select , then press . u Dialing starts automatically.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the list can be directly selected by pressing the corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).
Select More Speed Dial Lists to view another paired phones speed dial list.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 285
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 289
To make a call using redial 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Redial, then press . u Dialing starts automatically.
To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by Dialed Calls, Received Calls, and Missed Calls. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Call History, then press
. 3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press
. u Dialing starts automatically.
To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
. 3. Rotate to select a number, then press
. u Dialing starts automatically.
Continued 289
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
290
Featu res
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call. Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 290
When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call. Press the button to decline or end the call.
Receiving a Call
HFL Mode Caller Name
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 291
The following options are available during a call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu- driven phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select the option, then press .
u The check box is checked when Mute is selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
Options During a Call
Continued 291
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
292
Featu res
1Receiving a Text Message
The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text messages.
Only the first three lines of the received message are displayed with this option.
2 Displaying an entire message P. 296
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text message feature. Only use the text message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 292
HFL can display newly received text messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a compatible linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text message.
2. Rotate to select Yes to listen to the message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press the BACK button.
Receiving a Text Message
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
Only the first three lines of the received message are displayed with this option.
2 Displaying an entire message P. 296
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is also deleted in the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 293
1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press .
u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud.
Displaying Messages
Continued 293
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
294
Featu res
1Using the stop reading or read option
This option changes to: Stop Reading while the text message is read out.
Select this option to discontinue the message read- out.
Read when you go to the Text Message menu, or after you selected Stop Reading. Select this option to hear the system reading out the selected message.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 294
Using the stop reading or read option 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press
. u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the message aloud.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Stop Reading or
Read, then press .
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows: Talk to you later, I'm driving. I am on my way. I'm running late. OK Yes No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
After you reply, the following is displayed:
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 295
Reply to a message You can reply to a message using one of the six common phrases available in the system. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press
. u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Reply, then press . 6. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press . 7. The reply message you selected is displayed.
Select Yes to send the message.
Continued 295
296
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 296
Making a call to a sender You can call the text message sender. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then
press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press
. u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Call, then press . u HFL begins dialing.
Displaying an entire message 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then
press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press
. u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Display Message,
then press . 6. Rotate to scroll down and display the
entire message.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL Featu
res
1Using HFL
To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be in On. 2 Customized Features* P. 245
Voice control tips: Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone.
Press the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.
To change the volume level, use the audio systems volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation an after ending the call.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 297
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go to a phone-specific voice command screen or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, or to cancel a command. (Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen. Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,
, or to select secondary menu.
HFL Buttons
Models with two displays
Talk Button
Volume up
Microphone
Hang-up/Back Button
Pick-up Button
Volume down
Interface Dial
PHONE Button
297Continued* Not available on all models
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL
298
Featu res
1Using HFL
Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English, French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features* P. 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 298
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 315
HFL Status Display
Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Roam Status
Callers Name
Callers Number
Disabled Option
* Not available on all models
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled.
This ce
a paired phone from the system.
phone to the system.
e to the system.
IN Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a new phone.
This ce Delete a previously paired phone.
e to the system.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 299
HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
Phone Settings screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
Models with two displays
Phone Connect Phone
Bluetooth Device List
(Existing entry list)
Replace Devi
Add Bluetooth Device
Disconnect
Connect a
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Disconnect
(Existing entry list)
Pair a phon
Edit P
Delete Devi
Add Bluetooth
Device Pair a phon
299Continued
300
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
nput
rom tory
rom ook
iously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
e
Edit a previously stored speed dial number. Change a number. Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
sfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
answer an incoming call after about four
tomatically imported when a phone is paired to
n incoming call screen.
tems in the Phone Settings group as default.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 300
Manual I
Edit Speed Dial New Entry
Import f Call His
Import f Phoneb
Delete All Delete all the prev
Edit
Delet
(Existing entry list)
Set calls to automatically tran vehicle.
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Set whether to automatically seconds. Select the ring tone.
Use Contact Photo
Set phonebook data to be au HFL. Display a callers picture on a
Automatic Phone Sync
Cancel/Reset all customized iDefault
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
account.
function on and off.
t comes on the screen when HFL receives a new
tomatically reads out messages, and, if selected,
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 301
Select a mail or text messageText/Email*1
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Select Account
Enable Text/Email Turn the text/e-mail message
New Text/Email Alert Select whether a pop-up aler text/e-mail message.
Message Auto Reading Selects whether the system au whether only when driving.
301Continued
302
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
e number from the call history to store as a mber. e number from the phonebook to store as a mber.
number to store as a speed dial number.
s speed dial list.
e speed dial list.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 302
Phone screen 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button to display the
menu items.
Select a phon speed dial nu
Speed Dial*1
Manual Input
New Entry Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Select a phon speed dial nu
Enter a phone
More Speed Dials Display another paired phone
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in th
Phonebook*1
Dial*1
Display the paired phones phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
revious message.
ext message.
ads received message aloud, or stop message g read.
received message using one of six fixed phrases.
all to the sender.
ail or text message account.
d missed calls.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 303
Text/Email*1
Message is read aloud.
See the p
(Read/Stop)
Previous
Next See the n
System re from bein
Reply
Call
Reply to a
Make a c
Select Account
Select a message and press .
Select a m
Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phones history.
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming an Call History*1
All
Dialed
Received Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
303Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
304
Featu res
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phones battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL. If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth Audio.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL.
2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting P. 314
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 304
To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match. This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.
Phone Setup
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 305
To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Connect
Phone, then Add Bluetooth device. 3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match. This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.
305Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
306
Featu res
1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be six or four digits depending on your phone.
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 306
To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
pairing code. 3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,
then press .
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial entries, and security PIN information from the previously paired phone.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 307
To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press . 4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,
then press . 5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches
a new phone. u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.
Continued 307
308
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 308
To delete a paired phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press . 4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,
then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option
To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 309
To turn on or off the text/e-mail message function
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Enable
Text/Email. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .
To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select New
Text/Email Alert. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option
Continued 309
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
310
Featu res
1To set up the auto reading option
On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud. Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud. Auto: A text/e-mail message is read aloud only when driving.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 310
To set up the auto reading option 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Message
Auto Reading. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then press .
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To Create a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 311
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press . 5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u
Rotate to select, then press . Move to delete. Rotate to select OK to enter the security PIN.
u
You can also enter a number using the icons.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step
4.
To Create a Security PIN
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Continued 311
312
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 312
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press .
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Answer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press .
Automatic Transferring
Auto Answer
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker. Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the connected cell phone sounds from the speaker. Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 313
You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Ring
Tone. 3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
You can display a callers picture on an incoming call screen. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Use
Contact Photo. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
Ring Tone
Use Contact Photo
Phone settings
All Phone
Auto Transfer Auto Answer Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sy Use Contact Photo
On
Off
Default
Continued 313
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
314
Featu res
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Preference
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 314
When Automatic Phone Sync is set to On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL.
Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select
Automatic Phone Sync. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say Call and the voice tag name.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 315
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
. u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry. 4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press . From Import from Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Manual Input: u Input the number manually. From Import from Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell
phones imported phonebook. 5. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import from Phonebook, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
Speed Dial
Continued 315
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
316
Featu res
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using home as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use John Smith instead of John.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 316
To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Record, then press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 317
To delete a voice tag 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Clear, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
To delete a speed dial 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Delete, then press . 4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
317Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
318
Featu res
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name, or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say Call and the voice tag name, Call by name and the phonebook name, or Call and the phone number.
The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 318
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
Making a Call
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 298 2 Speed Dial P. 315
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM for an alphabetical search.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 319
To make a call using the imported phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press . 4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Move to Alphabet Search. u You can use the keyboard on the touch
screen for an alphabetical search. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press
. u Dialing starts automatically.
Continued 319
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
320
Featu res
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 298 2 Speed Dial P. 315
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM to input numbers. Select numbers, then to start dialing.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 320
To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press
. 5. Rotate to select , then press . u Dialing starts automatically.
To make a call using redial 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Redial, then press . u Dialing starts automatically.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the following:
: Dialed calls. : Received calls. : Missed calls.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
Move to select More Speed Dials to view another paired phones speed dial list. You can make a call from that list using the currently connected phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 315
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name or number can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 321
To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Call History, then
press . 4. Move or to select All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press
. u Dialing starts automatically.
To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
. 4. Rotate to select a number, then press
. u Dialing starts automatically.
Continued 321
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
322
Featu res
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM instead of the and buttons.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 322
When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call. Press the button to decline or end the call.
Receiving a Call
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 323
The following options are available during a call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu- driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the Phone screen. Rotate to select the option, then press . u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
Options During a Call
Mute Icon
Continued 323
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
324
Featu res
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/ e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice P. 309
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 324
HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text or e-mail message.
2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the message, then press . u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press .
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. Move to select Select Account, then press .
You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 325
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press . u Repeat the procedure to select Select
Account. 3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an
e-mail message account you want, then press .
Selecting a Mail Account
Continued 325
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
326
Featu res
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is also deleted in the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move or on the text message screen.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 326
Displaying text messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
. u Select account if necessary.
4. Rotate to select a message, then press .
u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud.
Displaying Messages
Message List
Text Message
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Displaying e-mail messages
Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the message list screen at the same time. In this case, text messages are titled No subject.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 327
Displaying e-mail messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
. 4. Rotate to select a folder, then press . 5. Rotate to select a message, then press
. u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the message aloud.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail Message
Continued 327
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
328
Featu res
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows: Cant talk, Im driving. Im on my way. Call you later. OK Yes No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 328
Read or stop reading a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 326
2. Press to stop reading. Press again to start reading the message from the beginning.
Reply to a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 326
2. Move and rotate to select Reply, then press .
3. Rotate to select the reply message, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message. u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully sent.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 329
Making a call to a sender 1. Go to the text message screen. u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud. 2 Displaying text messages P. 326
2. Move and rotate to select Call, then press .
329
330
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 330
* Not available on all m
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 331
Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.
Before Driving................................... 332 Maximum Load Limit........................ 335
Towing a Trailer................................ 337 When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 338 Dual Clutch Transmission ................. 344 Shifting............................................ 345 Cruise Control*................................ 349 Front Sensor Camera*...................... 352 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*....... 354 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* ......................................367
odels
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*....372 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System...............380
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System* ...382 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 384 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation ......... 386
Braking Brake System ................................... 388 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 390 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* ..................................... 392
Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped ................................ 401 Cross Traffic Monitor* ..................... 402
Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 405 Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 406 How to Refuel ................................. 407
Fuel Economy.................................... 408 Improving Fuel Economy.................. 408
Accessories and Modifications Accessories ...................................... 409 Modifications................................... 409
331
332
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 332
Before Driving
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle.
Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving.
Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components. Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 442
Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside.
Exterior Checks
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation D
rivin g
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 333
Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 335
Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking. Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving. If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 118
Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 148 2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 151
Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 146 2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 143
Interior Checks
Continued 333
334
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 334
Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 31
Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 64
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit D
rivin g
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 500
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 500
3WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 335
Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer. Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1)Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicle's placard.
(2)Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4)The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Label Example
335Continued
336
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 336
(5)Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the drivers doorjamb. Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg)
Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight 550 lbs (249 kg)
Example2
Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg)
Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight 100 lbs (45 kg)
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 337
Towing a Trailer
rivin g
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your warranties.
Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 498
337
338
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 338
When Driving
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently below -22F (-30C) are expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to a higher concentration to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engines fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 126
Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then depress the brake pedal. u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N , it is safer to start it in (P.
Brake Pedal
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D
rivin g
1Starting the Engine
Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 483
The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to start the engine. If the engine does not start, wait at least 10 seconds before trying again.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 339
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal.
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Shift to (P. 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Stopping the Engine
Continued 339
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
340
D rivin
g
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*
WARNING: Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed areas. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas with limited ventilation.
If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the multi-information display. The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The shift lever is in a position other than (P. The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is
unlocked. You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine. Another registered keyless access remote is in the
vehicle. There is any antenna failure. Door is unlocked with the built-in key.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 340
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances.
To start the engine
The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the trunk are locked.
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*
With the doors locked, Press the button, then press and hold the button.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts.
Go within the range, and try again.
Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running.
Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range.
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D
rivin g
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*
The engine oil pressure is low. The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. The telematics unit malfunctions. The security system alarm is not set.
Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did not lock, and the engine does not start.
While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: The air conditioning is activated in recirculation
mode. When it is cold outside: The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature. The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated. The seat heater is activated*.
2 Seat Heaters* P. 160
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 341
To stop the engine
Press and hold the button for one second.
Go within the range, and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you
know that the engine has stopped.
Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine will not stop.
Continued 341* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
342
D rivin
g
1Hill Start Assist System
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 342
1. While depressing the brake pedal, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that the parking brake indicator has gone off.
3. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing. 4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
Hill Start Assist System Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Move the shift lever to (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.
Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote*
When the engine was started in any case
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving D
rivin g
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.
NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the shift lever in (N, as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 343
Precautions While Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine, driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
In Rain
Other Precautions
343
344
uuWhen DrivinguDual Clutch Transmission
D rivin
g
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE The following can damage the under spoiler: Parking the vehicle by a parking block Parallel parking along the road shoulder Driving towards the bottom of a hill Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder) Driving on a rutted or bumpy road Driving on a road with potholes.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 344
Dual Clutch Transmission
As with a conventional automatic transmission, this vehicle will creep. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
Creeping
Kickdown
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
1Shifting
You cannot change the power mode from ON to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) unless the shift lever is in (P.
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in (N while the engine is cold. Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary, apply the parking brake.
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (-22F/-30C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 345
Shifting Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
Shift lever positions
Park Used when parking or starting the engine
Reverse Used when reversing
Neutral Used when idling
Drive Used: For normal driving (gears change between 1st
and 8th automatically) When temporarily driving in the sequential mode
Drive (S) Used for: Automatically changing gears between 1st
and 7th (7th gear is used only at high speed) Driving in the sequential mode
Release Button
345Continued
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
346
D rivin
g
1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the lever position before pulling away.
Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving, a blinking transmission indicator indicates a transmission problem. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the shift lever is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometers red zone.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release button is held down. Depress the brake pedal first.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 346
Shift Lever Operation
Shift Lever Position Indicator
Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever release button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever release button.
Press the shift lever release button and shift.
Tachometers red zone
Gear Position Indicator
M (sequential mode) Indicator
Models without full color display
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 347
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 8th gears without removing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential shift mode.
When the shift lever is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode momentarily, and the gear position indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential shift mode will automatically switch off, and the gear position indicator will go off.
Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.
When the shift lever is in (S : The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and gear position indicator will come on. At speeds of 2 mph (4 km/h) or less, the vehicle automatically shifts down into 1st gear. It will not automatically shift up, even if vehicle speed increases. If you are in 1st through 6th gears and do not operate the paddle shifters as engine speed increases approaches the tachometer red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. When switching out of the sequential shift mode, move the shift lever from (S to (D. When the sequential shift mode is canceled, the M indicator and gear position indicator go off.
Sequential Shift Mode
347Continued
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
348
D rivin
g
1Sequential Shift Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
Recommended Shift Points Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel economy and effective emission control.
If the gear position indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.
Shift Up Normal Acceleration 1st to 2nd 15 mph (24 km/h) 2nd to 3rd 25 mph (40 km/h) 3rd to 4th 40 mph (64 km/h) 4th to 5th 47 mph (76 km/h) 5th to 6th 52 mph (84 km/h) 6th to 7th 57 mph (92 km/h) 7th to 8th 62 mph (100 km/h)
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 348
Second gear lock mode If you pull the (+ paddle shifter while stopped or driving at 6 mph (10 km/h) or less, the gear position will be locked in 2nd gear. This makes it easier to pull away on slippery surfaces such as snow covered roads.
To cancel the 2nd gear lock mode, pull the (- paddle shifter, or move the shift lever from (S to (D.
Sequential Shift Mode Operation
Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear)
Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear)
Paddle Shifter (Shift down)
Paddle Shifter (Shift up)
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control* D
rivin g
1Cruise Control*
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control: Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE button.
3WARNING Improper use of the cruise control can lead to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 349
Cruise Control*
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
When to use
Shift positions for cruise control: In (D or (S
Always keep sufficient distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.
Vehicle speed for cruise control: Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
How to use CRUISE MAIN is on in the instrument panel. Cruise control is ready to use.
Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel.
349Continued* Not available on all models
350
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 350
Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
To Set the Vehicle Speed
On when cruise control begins.
On
DECEL/SET Button
Press and release
On
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control* D
rivin g
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed using the DECEL/SET button on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/ ACCEL button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations: When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 351
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET buttons on the steering wheel.
Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increased or decreased by about 10 mph (16 km/h).
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the CRUISE button. Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
To Cancel
To decrease speed
To increase speed
CRUISE Button
CANCEL Button
351
352
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera*
D rivin
g
1Front Sensor Camera*
Never apply a film or attach any objects to windshield, the hood, or the front grill that could obstruct the cameras field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the cameras field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the cameras field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 352
Front Sensor Camera*
The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC, and CMBSTM, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the cameras sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.
Camera Location and Handling Tips
Front Sensor Camera
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera* D
rivin g
1Front Sensor Camera*
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the air flow directed towards the camera.
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 353
353* Not available on all models
354
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*
D rivin
g
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*
Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and other vehicles.
3WARNING Improper use of ACC can lead to a crash.
Use ACC only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
3WARNING ACC has limited braking capability.
When your vehicle speed drops below 22 mph, ACC will automatically cancel and no longer will apply your vehicles brakes.
Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal when conditions require.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 354
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-distance behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicles brake lights will illuminate.
When to use
Vehicle speed for adaptive cruise control: Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
Shift positions for adaptive cruise control: In (D or (S.
The radar sensor is in the front grille.
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D
rivin g
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*
ACC may not work properly under certain conditions. 2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 359
When not using adaptive cruise control: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
Do not use the ACC under the following conditions. On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic. On roads with sharp turns. On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, the ACC will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed.
On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 355
How to activate the system
Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC is ready to use.
Continued 355* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*
356
D rivin
g
1To Set the Vehicle Speed
You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the multi-information display between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 356
Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and adaptive cruise control begins. u A vehicle icon and distance bars appear
on the multi-information display.
To Set the Vehicle Speed
On when ACC begins Press and release
DECEL/SET Button
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Distance
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D
rivin g
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display to alert you to brake. Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate distance from the vehicle ahead.
Even if the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually distancing itself from you.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
Beep
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 357
There is a vehicle ahead ACC monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC system maintains or decelerates your vehicles set speed in order to keep the vehicles set following-distance from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Change Vehicle Distance P. 362
When in Operation
ACC Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
Continued 357
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*
358
D rivin
g
1When in Operation
Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe distance when using ACC. Additionally, ACC may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 359
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 358
There is no vehicle ahead Your vehicle cruises at the set speed.
A vehicle ahead is within ACC range and going slower than the set speed Your vehicle slows down, and maintains the same speed as the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the set following distance.
A vehicle ahead is within ACC range and going at a steady speed Your vehicle follows the vehicle ahead of it, keeping a constant distance, without going beyond the set speed.
A vehicle ahead goes out of range ACC accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.
When you depress the accelerator pedal You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alerts even if a vehicle is in ACC range. ACC stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed. There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is lightly applied.
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D
rivin g
1ACC Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 392
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 359
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
Vehicle conditions The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The camera temperature gets too hot. The parking brake is applied. When the front grille is dirty. When the front of the vehicle tilts up due to heavy cargo in the trunk or rear seats. When tire chains are installed.
ACC Conditions and Limitations
Continued 359* Not available on all models
360
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 360
Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape. When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D
rivin g
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set following-distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
You can set the vehicle speed using the DECEL/SET button on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 361
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET buttons on the steering wheel.
Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
To increase speed
To decrease speed
Continued 361
362
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 362
Press the (distance) button to change the ACC range. Each time you press the button, the following- distance (the distance behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through extra long, long, middle, and short following- distances.
Determine the most appropriate following- distance setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-distance requirements set by local regulation.
To Change Vehicle Distance
Distance Button
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 363
The higher your vehicles following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-distance becomes. See the following examples for your reference.
Following-distance When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short 84 feet
26 meters 1.1 sec
102 feet 31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle 111 feet
34 meters 1.5 sec
139 feet 43 meters
1.5 sec
Long 155 feet
48 meters 2.1 sec
202 feet 62 meters
2.1 sec
Extra Long
215 feet 66 meters
3.0 sec
285 feet 87 meters
3.0 sec
363Continued
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*
364
D rivin
g
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled adaptive cruise control, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/ACCEL button when driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume when vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h).
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the desired speed.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 364
To cancel adaptive cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. Depress the brake pedal.
To Cancel
CANCEL Button
MAIN Button
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)* D
rivin g
1Automatic cancellation
Even though adaptive cruise control has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC to cancel improves, then press the RES/ACCEL button.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 365
Automatic cancellation The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when ACC is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC cancellation: Your vehicle speed slows down to 22 mph (35 km/h) and below. Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. Abrupt steering wheel movement. When the ABS, VSA is activated. When the ABS or VSA system indicator comes on. When you manually apply the parking brake. When the detected vehicle within the ACC range is too close to your vehicle. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Continued 365
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)*
366
D rivin
g
1To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following-distance from a vehicle ahead of you.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 366
Press and hold the (distance) button for one second.
Cruise Mode Selected appears on the multi-information display for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC, press and hold the button again for one second.
To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
ACC ON Cruise Control ON
Distance Button
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D
rivin g
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*
Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 370
There are times when you may not notice RDM functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions. If the Lane Departure message displays repeatedly and you do not apply responsive actions, the system beeps and cancels RDM functions.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 367
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane.
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the multi-information display.
If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines. The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.
How the System Works
367Continued* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*
368
D rivin
g
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 75
RDM system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: Not driven within a traffic lane. Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane. Driven in a narrow lane.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 368
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation. The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
How the System Activates
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D
rivin g
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the multi-information display, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 369
Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the multi- information display when the system is on.
RDM On and Off
RDM Button
Indicator
Continued 369
370
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 370
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
RDM Conditions and Limitations
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 371
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines). When driving on roads with double lines.
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too hot. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed.
371* Not available on all models
372
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
D rivin
g
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 87
Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the front windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 378
LKAS may not function as designed on while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves.
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 372
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides visual alert if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
RDM selected Normal or Wide
Beeps and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
RDM selected Warning only
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
LKAS camera Monitors the lane lines
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D
rivin g
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
The LKAS may not function as designed on while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected, system will recover automatically.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 373
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well a warning display.
Lane Keep Support Function
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
Continued 373* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
374
D rivin
g
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 374
The system can be used when the following conditions are met. The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane. The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation.
How to activate the system 1. Press the MAIN button. u The LKAS is on in the multi-information
display. The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button. u Lane outlines appear on the multi-
information display. The system is activated.
When the System can be Used
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D
rivin g
1When the System can be Used
The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines again, it comes back on automatically.
1To cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC on and off.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 375
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.
To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.
To cancel
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
Continued 375
376
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 376
The system operation is suspended if you:
Set the wipers to continuous operation. u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS. Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.
Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal.
When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the multi- information display change to contour lines, and the beeper sounds.
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 377
The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit.
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: The camera temperature gets too high. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. When driving through a sharp curve. When driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h). When the ABS or VSA systems engage.
A beeper will sound if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
377Continued
378
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 378
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 379
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines). When driving on roads with double lines.
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too hot. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
379* Not available on all models
380
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
D rivin
g
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
The VSA may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
VSA cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 380
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic system. You will also see the indicator blink.
VSA Operation
VSA System Indicator
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System D
rivin g
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
With the button pressed, your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA traction and stability enhancement becomes less effective.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the VSA temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA off if you are not able to free it when the VSA is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to switch VSA on again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the VSA and traction control systems switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 381
This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially turn the VSA features on and off, press and hold it until you hear a beep.
The traction control stops fully functioning, allows the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. The VSA OFF indicator will also come on.
To turn it on again, press the (VSA OFF) button until you hear a beep.
VSA is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.
VSA On and Off
VSA OFF Indicator
381
382
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System*
D rivin
g
1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System*
Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over reliance on BSI may result in a collision.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to
obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the BLIND SPOT NOT AVAILABLE multi-information display appearing.
The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing.
The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds. A vehicle is parked in a side lane. The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).
An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.
3WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 382
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System*
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as blind spots.
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.
How the system works
When your vehicle is moving forward at 20 mph (32 km/h) or more.
Alert zone range A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors: underneath the rear bumper corners
Alert Zone A
B
C
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System* D
rivin g
1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System*
You can change the setting for BSI. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
BSI may be adversely affected when: Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected. An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. Driving on a curved road. A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane. The system picks up external electrical interference. The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. The orientation of the sensors has been changed. In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
For a proper BSI use: Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind. Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.
The system is not activate when the shift lever is in (R.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 383
When the system detects a vehicle
Comes on when: A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle.
You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
BSI Alert Indicator: Located on the outside rearview mirror on both sides.
Blinks and a beeper sounds when: You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.
Comes On
Blinks
383* Not available on all models
384
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
D rivin
g
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 494
Tire pressure checked and inflated in: Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather. Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 384
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the multi-information display.
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) D
rivin g
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the multi-information display can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the multi-information display do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor Problem/CHECK TPMS SYSTEM may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire*, or there is a problem with the TPMS.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 385
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and press the (information) button until you see the tire pressure screen.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI (U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
Tire Pressures Low/CHECK TIRE PRESSURE is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
385* Not available on all models
386
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 386
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 387
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
387
388
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 388
Braking
1Parking Brake
NOTICE Release the parking brake fully before driving. The rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and Release Parking Brake appears on the multi-information display.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking. To apply: Pull the lever fully up without pressing the release button.
To release: 1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold
the release button. 2. Lower the lever down all the way, then
release the button.
Parking Brake
uuBrakinguBrake System D
rivin g
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 389
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 391 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 390
Foot Brake
389
390
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
D rivin
g
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use an incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking is not affected, there is a possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS: When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or snow.
When tire chains are installed.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 390
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as stomp and steer.
ABS operation The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
ABS
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 391
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
Brake Assist System
391
392
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
D rivin
g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions.
The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 396
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions.
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 396
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 392
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
How the system works
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The radar sensor is in the front grille.
The CMBSTM activates when: The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian
detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
When to use
* Not available on all models
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 393
When the system activates
At systems earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/ Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multi- information display setting options.
2 List of customizable options P. 100, 254
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
393Continued
394
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 394
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage.
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles CMBSTM
The sensors detect a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage one
There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal.
Stage two
The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly applied
Stage three
The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable.
Forcefully applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
Normal ShortLong
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D
rivin g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 396
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 395
Press this button until the beeper sounds to switch the system on or off.
When the CMBSTM is off: The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument
panel comes on. A message on the multi-information display
reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBSTM is in the previously selected ON or OFF setting each time you start the engine.
CMBSTM On and Off
Continued 395* Not available on all models
396
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 396
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 352
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations
* Not available on all models
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 397
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too hot. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
397Continued* Not available on all models
398
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 398
Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D
rivin g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 399
Limitations pedestrians only When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side. Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrians
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian. When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting. When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 7
feet (2 meter) in height. When a pedestrian blends in with the background. When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands or raised or they
are running. When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
Automatic shutoff CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and stays on when: The temperature inside the system is high. You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period. An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
399Continued
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
400
D rivin
g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*
For the CMBSTM to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the emblem.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 400
The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you.
Through a low bridge at high speed You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
With Little Chance of a Collision
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 401
Parking Your Vehicle
rivin g
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
1When Stopped
NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously. Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal. Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.
When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. 3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P . 4. Turn off the engine.
Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.
401
402
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*
D rivin
g
1Cross Traffic Monitor*
3CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 402
Cross Traffic Monitor*
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
* Not available on all models
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D
rivin g
1Cross Traffic Monitor*
Cross traffic monitor may not detect or may delay detecting an approaching vehicle, or may alert detection without an approaching vehicle under the following conditions: An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicles rear bumper, is blocking the radar sensors scope.
Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) or higher.
A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than between about 6 and 16 mph (10 and 25 km/h).
The system picks up external interference such as other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt.
When there is bad weather. Your vehicle is on an incline. Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on. The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have a vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 403
The system activates when: The power mode is in ON. The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 404 2 Customized Features* P. 245
The shift lever is in (R . Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle.
The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
How the System Works
Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners
Continued 403* Not available on all models
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*
404
D rivin
g
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to in amber when the transmission is in (R, mud, snow, ice, and others may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on in amber when the transmission is in (R, there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 404
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information screen.
You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features* P. 245
When the System Detects a Vehicle
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
Wide View Top Down View
Arrow Icon
Normal View
Icon
* Not available on all models
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 405
Multi-View Rear Camera
rivin g
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features* P. 245
Fixed Guideline On: Guidelines appear when you shift into (R. Off: Guidelines do not appear. Dynamic Guideline On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel direction. Off: Guidelines do not move.
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
See the Navigation System Manual.
The audio/information screen can display your vehicles rear view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the shift lever is moved to (R.
You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Press the selector knob to switch the angle.
If the last used viewing mode is Wide or Normal, the same mode is selected the next time you shift into (R . If Top View was last used, Wide mode is selected.
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Top Down View Mode
Normal View Mode
Wide View Mode
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Approx. 118 inches (3 m)
Approx. 79 inches (2 m)
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
405* Not available on all models
406
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 406
Refueling
1Fuel Information
NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline.
Fuel Information Fuel recommendation
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of todays advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 liters)
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel D
rivin g
1How to Refuel
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature.
If the fuel nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity.
3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel.
Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away.
Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 407
How to Refuel 1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear.
2. Turn off the engine. 3. Push on the fuel fill door release handle at
the foot of the drivers seat. u The fuel fill door opens.
4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a release of air, wait until this stops, then turn the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.
5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder. 6. Insert the filler nozzle fully. u When the tank is full, the fuel nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap, tightening it until you hear it click at least once. u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
Push
Cap
Cap
Holder
407
408
D rivin
g
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 408
Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven Gallons of fuel
Miles per Gallon
100 L per 100 kmKilometers driven
Liters of fuel
Improving Fuel Economy Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the multi-information display. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal. Maintain the specified tire pressure. Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 409
Accessories and Modifications
rivin g
1Accessories and Modifications
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's manual regarding accessories and modifications.
Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions. Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicles airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.
Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 495
Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
Modifications Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Acura components that can affect its handling, stability, and reliability.
Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
409
410
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 410
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 411
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 412 Safety When Performing Maintenance..... 413 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service ........................................... 414
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 415 Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood..... 420 Opening the Hood ........................... 421 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 422 Oil Check......................................... 423 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 424 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ..... 425
Engine Coolant ................................ 427 Transmission Fluid............................ 429 Brake Fluid....................................... 430 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 430
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 431 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades .......................................... 440
Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires ................................. 442 Tire and Loading Information Label ...... 443 Tire Labeling .................................... 443 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).......445 Wear Indicators................................ 447
Tire Service Life................................ 447 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 448 Tire Rotation.................................... 449 Winter Tires ..................................... 450
Battery............................................... 451 Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 452 Climate Control System Maintenance ....454 Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 455 Exterior Care.................................... 457
411
412
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 412
Before Performing Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are certified to EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 418
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 509
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information.
Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling.
Periodic inspections Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake Fluid P. 430
Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 442
Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 431
Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 440
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance M
ain ten
an ce
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owner's manual.
3WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owner's manual.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 413
Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform a given task.
To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline.
Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off. Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts. Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
Maintenance Safety
Vehicle Safety
413
414
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 414
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 415
Maintenance MinderTM
ain ten
an ce
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear on the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
415
416
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
M ain
ten an
ce
1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 418
Displayed Engine Oil Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil Life (%)
100 100 to 91 90 90 to 81 80 80 to 71 70 70 to 61 60 60 to 51 50 50 to 41 40 40 to 31 30 30 to 21 20 20 to 16 15 15 to 11 10 10 to 6 5 5 to 1 0 0
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 416
To Use Maintenance MinderTM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the multi-information display. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Press the button repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the multi-
information display.
Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Button
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 417
*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display
Maintenance Message*1 Oil Life Display*1 Explanation Information
Maintenance Due Soon/ SERVICE DUE SOON
15 % The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by pressing the (information) button, this message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon.
Maintenance Due Now/ SERVICE DUE NOW
5 % The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent. Press the button to switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible.
Maintenance Past Due/ SERVICE PAST DUE
Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has passed its service life, and a negative distance appears after driving over 10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Press the
button to switch to another display.
The engine oil life has passed. The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately.
417Continued
418
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
M ain
ten an
ce
1Maintenance Service Items
Independent of the Maintenance Minder information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.
onditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). us areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature. ssion fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance rly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed 00 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km).
Maintenance Sub Items te tires ace air cleaner element*2
ace dust and pollen filter*3
ect drive belt ace transmission fluid*4
ace spark plugs ect valve clearance ace engine coolant
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 418
Maintenance Service Items
Maintenance Minder Message System Message Indicator
Sub Items
Main Item Main Item
Sub Items*1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display
*1 *2
*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items A Replace engine oil*1
B Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Check parking brake adjustment Check expiry date for tire repair kit bottle (If
equipped) Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system#
Inspect fuel lines and connections#
*2: If you drive in dusty c *3: If you drive primarily
from diesel-powered *4: Driving in mountaino
This requires transmi Minder. If you regula at 40,000 miles (64,0
CODE 1 Rota 2 Repl
Repl Insp
3 Repl 4 Repl
Insp 5 Repl
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M
ain ten
an ce
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 419
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Go to the Maintenance Info group.
2 Customized Features P. 97
3. Press the SEL/RESET button. u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.
4. Select RESET with the button, then press the SEL/RESET button. u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%. To cancel the oil life reset mode, select CANCEL, then press the SEL/RESET button.
Resetting the Display
Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Item Codes
SEL/RESET Button
Button
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
Maintenance Item Codes
Engine Oil Life
419
420
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 420
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Brake Fluid (Black Cap)
Washer Fluid (Blue Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
Engine Coolant Reserve Tank Cap
Radiator Cap
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood M
ain ten
an ce
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised. The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage either the hood or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 421
Opening the Hood 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Slide the hood latch lever in the center of the hood to release the lock mechanism, and open the hood.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp using the grip. Mount the support rod in the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the hood. Remove your hand at a height of approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the hood close.
Pull
Hood Release Handle
Lever
Support Rod
Grip
Clamp
421
422
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
M ain
ten an
ce
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 422
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institutes latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown.
Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade.
Genuine Acura Motor Oil Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
Ambient Temperature
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check M
ain ten
an ce
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil being careful not to overfill.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 423
Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
423
424
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
M ain
ten an
ce
1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and engine damage.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 424
Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter M
ain ten
an ce
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 425
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi- information display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap.
3. Remove the screws on the undercarriage and remove the under cover.
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container.
Under Cover Screw
Drain Bolt
Washer
425Continued
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
426
M ain
ten an
ce
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 426
5. Remove the screws and remove the rid. 6. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil. 7. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
8. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the oil filter rubber seal. 9. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque:
30 lbfft (40 Nm, 4.0 kgfm) 10. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter): 4.6 US qt (4.4 L)
11. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine.
12. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter.
13. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil.
Screw
Rid
Oil Filter
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant M
ain ten
an ce
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE If temperatures consistently below -22F (-30C) are expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more information.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicle's coolant system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 427
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank.
2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Reserve Tank
Reserve Tank
MAX
MIN
427Continued
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
428
M ain
ten an
ce
1Radiator
NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment.
3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 428
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the coolant system. Do not push the cap down when turning.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully.
6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back on the reserve tank.
Radiator
Radiator Cap
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid M
ain ten
an ce
1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicle's transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 is not covered by Acura's new vehicle warranty.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 429
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0
429
430
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
M ain
ten an
ce
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 430
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.
Refilling Window Washer Fluid Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Checking the Brake Fluid
MIN
MAX
Brake Reservoir
Canadian models
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 431
Replacing Light Bulbs
ain ten
an ce
1Headlight Bulbs
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
1Fog Light Bulbs*
NOTICE Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to overheat and shatter.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Headlight Bulbs Headlight bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Fog Light Bulbs*
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the screw using a Phillips-head screwdriver. u The screw does not drop.
Fog Light: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb Type)
Dropping prevention
431Continued* Not available on all models
432
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs*
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 432
2. Insert a flat-tip screwdriver into the tab at the inside edge of the cover, then pull straight out as indicated to remove the cover.
3. Remove the screws using a Phillips-head screwdriver and carefully pull the fog light assembly out of the bumper.
4. Push the tab to remove the coupler. 5. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove. 6. Insert a new bulb into the fog light
assembly and turn it to the right. 7. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Cover
Screws
Coupler
Bulb
Tab
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal Light Bulbs M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 433
Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs Front turn signal light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Parking Light Bulbs Parking light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
433
434
uuReplacing Light BulbsuSide Marker Light Bulbs
M ain
ten an
ce
1Side Marker Light Bulbs
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center pin to remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push until it is flat.
Holding clip (A-type)
Push until the pin is flat
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 434
Side Marker Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the opposite side from the light being replaced. Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel to the left. Driver side: Turn the steering wheel to the right.
2. Remove the holding clips (A), (B) and screw, pull the inner fender back.
3. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
Side Marker Light: 3 CP
Screw
Inner Fender
Clip (B)
Clips (A)
Coupler
Tab
uuReplacing Light BulbsuSide Marker Light Bulbs M
ain ten
an ce
1Side Marker Light Bulbs
When removing the clip, insert a flat-tip screwdriver, then lift and remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the pin raised, and push until it is flat.
Holding clip (B-type)
Clip
Push until the pin is flat.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 435
4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. 5. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb. 6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Bulb
Socket
435
436
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light, Taillight and Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 436
Brake Light, Taillight and Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs Brake light, taillight and rear side marker light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver to remove the cover. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Remove the mounting bolts. 3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)
Cover
Bolts
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 437
4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. Remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.
6. Reinstall the light assembly by sliding it on to the guide on the body.
Socket
Bulb
Guide
437
438
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 438
Back-Up Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip screwdriver, then pull the lining back.
2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. 3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Back-Up Light: 16 W
Clips
Socket
Bulb
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulb M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 439
Rear License Plate Light Bulb When replacing, use the following bulb.
1. Remove the screw from the center of the fastener using a Phillips-head screwdriver.
2. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip screwdriver, then pull the lining back.
3. Remove the license plate light assembly by squeezing the tabs on both sides of the socket.
4. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
High-Mount Brake Light Bulb High-mount brake light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Rear License Plate Light: 5 W
Fastener
Lining
Clip
Socket
Bulb
439
440
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 440
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the windshield.
Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Place a cloth on the edge of the lock tab. Push the lock tab up with a flat-tip screw driver.
3. Slide the blade from the wiper arm.
Lock Tab
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 441
4. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by pulling the tabbed end out.
5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade that has been removed, and mount to a new rubber blade. u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and
the retainer grooves. 6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end. 7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm,
then push down the lock tab. 8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Blade
Retainer
Blade
441
442
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 442
Checking and Maintaining Tires
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 4 6 psi (30 40 kPa, 0.3 0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced.
Measure the spare tire pressure once a month or before long trips.
3WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance.
Vehicles with optional spare tire
Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the drivers doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to 20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month.
Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 447
Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label M
ain ten
an ce
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the drivers doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. P215/45R17 87V P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle). 215: Tire width in millimeters. 45: Aspect ratio (the tires section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 17: Rim diameter in inches. 87: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating).
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 443
Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the drivers doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information.
Tire Labeling The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described below.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
Label Example
Example Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Maximum Tire Load
Maximum Tire Pressure
Tire Size
Tire Sizes
443Continued
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
444
M ain
ten an
ce
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year Week
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 444
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Glossary of Tire Terminology
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) M
ain ten
an ce
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 445
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Treadwear
445Continued
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
446
M ain
ten an
ce
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 446
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Traction
Temperature
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators M
ain ten
an ce
1Checking Tires
High speed driving We recommend that you do not drive faster than the posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h), adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure.
*1: Vehicle with 18 inch tires *2: Vehicle with 17 inch tires
Tire Size 225/40R18 92V*1
P215/45R17 87V*2
Pressure Front 38 psi (260 kPa, 2.7 kgf/cm2) Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2)
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 447
Wear Indicators The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads.
Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear Indicator mark
447
448
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
M ain
ten an
ce
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3WARNING Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owners manual.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 448
Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tires sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause the ABS and vehicle stability assist (VSA) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isnt possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheels specifications match those of the original wheels.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation M
ain ten
an ce
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Direction Mark
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 449
Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.
Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.
Front
Front
449
450
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
M ain
ten an
ce
1Winter Tires
NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer.
3WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 450
Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires: Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: Install them on the front tires only. Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can.
Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1032
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1036
Models with P215/45R17 87V tires
Models with 225/40R18 92V tires
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 451
Battery
ain ten
an ce
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Rinse the terminals with water. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Please consult a dealer for more information.
3WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it.
Checking the Battery The battery condition is being monitored by the sensor on the negative terminal. If there is a problem with the sensor, the warning message on multi-information display will let you know. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
If your vehicle's battery is disconnected or goes dead: The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 169
The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 108
The navigation system* is disabled. 2 Refer to the navigation system manual
Charging the Battery Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system. Always disconnect the negative () cable first, and reconnect it last.
451* Not available on all models
452
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 452
Remote Transmitter Care
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer.
Replacing the Button Battery If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the keyless access remote. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery M
ain ten
an ce
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years.
Models with remote control engine start system
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 453
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key. u As a convenience, lightly place masking
tape over the remote buttons to hold them in place.
2. Remove the upper half by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter. 3. Press down on the center of the assembly
and remove the battery. u When removing the button battery, be
careful not to touch parts around it. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Models with remote control engine start system
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
453
454
M ain
ten an
ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 454
Climate Control System Maintenance
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.
Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 455
Cleaning
ain ten
an ce
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them off using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Cleaning Seat Belts
Opening
Cleaning the Window
455Continued
uuCleaninguInterior Care
456
M ain
ten an
ce
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere with the front seat functions.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 456
The front floor mats hook over the floor anchors, which keep the mats from sliding forward. To remove the mats for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mats after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mat.
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and 10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
Floor Mats
Unlock
Lock
Maintaining Genuine Leather*
* Not available on all models
uuCleaninguExterior Care M
ain ten
an ce
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction.
Air Intake Vents
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 457
Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: If driving on roads with road salt. If driving in coastal areas. If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. Fold in the door mirrors. Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers*.
Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
Washing the Vehicle
Using an Automated Car Wash
Using High Pressure Cleaners
457Continued* Not available on all models
uuCleaninguExterior Care
458
M ain
ten an
ce
1Applying Wax
NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 458
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicles paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicles paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly. Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.
Applying Wax
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Cleaning the Window
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
uuCleaninguExterior Care M
ain ten
an ce
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 459
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
459
460
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 460
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 461
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools Types of Tools .................................. 462
If a Tire Goes Flat Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 463
Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 475 Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 482 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ............................................. 483
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 484 Jump Starting.................................... 485
Vehicles with optional spare tire
Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 488 Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 489 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ............................................. 491
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ................................................. 491
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 492
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On.................................. 493
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On......................... 493
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 494
Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 495 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 497
Emergency Towing........................... 498
461
462
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 462
Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the cargo area.
Types of Tools
Jack
Tool Case
Wheel Nut Wrench/Jack Handle
Jack Handle Bar
Vehicles with optional spare tire
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 463
If a Tire Goes Flat
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to have the vehicle towed. The tire sealant has expired. More than one tire is punctured. The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm). The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
Damage has been caused by driving with the tire extremely under inflated.
The tire bead is no longer seated. The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch (4 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm)
No
Contact Area
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
463Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
464
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 464
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Instruction Manual
Air Only Hose (Black)
Speed Restriction LabelRepair Notification Label
Pressure Relief Button
Inflator Switch
Selector Switch SEALANT/AIR side
Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
AIR ONLY side
Power Plug
Pressure Gauge
Tire Sealant Expiration Date
U.S. Canada
U.S. Canada
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 465
2. Remove the kit. 3. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.
465Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
466
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately.
3WARNING Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get medical attention immediately.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water and get medical attention if necessary.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 466
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
Injecting Sealant and Air
Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete.
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 467
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Socket P. 159
5. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 60
6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/ AIR.
SEALANT/AIR side
Continued 467
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
468
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 15 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 468
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire. 8. When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air. 9. After the air pressure reaches to specified
pressure, turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge. u Refer to the drivers doorjamb label for
the specified pressure. 10. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket. 11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
12. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
Pressure Gauge
ON
OFF
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Pressure Relief Button
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 469
13. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes. u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Repair Notification Label
U.S.
Canada
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
U.S.
Canada
469Continued
470
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 470
4. Recheck the air pressure using the air only hose on the compressor.
5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 472
6. If the air pressure is Less than 19 psi (130 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 498
Specified pressure or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u If the air pressure does not go down after
the 10 minute driving, you do not need to check the pressure any more.
Air Only Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 471
Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less than specified pressure:
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches to specified pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 472
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u You should repeat this procedure as long
as the air pressure is within this range.
7. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
8. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
AIR ONLY side
ON
Pressure Relief Button
Continued 471
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
472
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 472
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 464
2. Remove the kit from the case. 3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
Air Only Hose
Valve Cap
Valve Stem
Air Only Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 473
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Socket P. 159
8. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting
air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 60
9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. 10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
AIR ONLY side
ON
Continued 473
474
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 474
12. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor. u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button. 13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket. 14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Changing a Flat Tire
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 475
Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full size tire repaired or replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery and apply the parking brake. 2. Move the shift lever in (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
Vehicles with optional spare tire
475Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
476
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
The shape of the tool case varies by model.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 476
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the tool case.
3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.
4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Spare Tire Tool Case
Wheel Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 477
5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up) under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced.
6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench.
477Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
478
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (load) or may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: Do not use while the engine is running. Use only where the ground is firm and level. Use only at the jacking points. Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and never get under the vehicle when it is supported only by the jack.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 478
1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground.
How to Set Up the Jack
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 479
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 80 lbfft (108 Nm, 11 kgfm)
Replacing the Flat Tire
Continued 479
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
480
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Storing the Flat Tire
3WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before driving.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 480
1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire well.
3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
4. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench back in the tool case. Store the case in the trunk.
Storing the Flat Tire
Center Cap
Spacer Cone
Wing Bolt
For compact spare tire
For full- size tire
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1TPMS and the Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 481
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the multi-information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).
TPMS and the Spare Tire
481
482
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 482
Engine Does Not Start
cklist on display. tton message appears eak P. 483 g range. ange P. 133
ess. at all
P. 495
e again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 338
g, the engine cannot be started.
Gauge P. 88
dealer.
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 485
Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Che Starter doesnt turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the multi-informati If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Bu
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is W uMake sure the keyless remote is in its operatin
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating R Check the brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightn If the interior lights are dim or do not come on
2 Battery P. 451 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses
The starter turns over normally but the engine doesnt start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engin Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinkin
2 Immobilizer System P. 126
Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel
Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 497
If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 498
uuEngine Does Not Startu If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 483
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display, the indicator on the ENGINE START/ STOP button flashes, and the engine wont start. Start the engine as follows.
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds and the indicator stays on. u If you dont depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
483
484
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched off.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 484
Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place.
The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped. To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, move the shift lever to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 485
Jump Starting
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables.
3WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery.
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicle's battery + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the assisting vehicle's + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15 volts. Check the charger manual for the proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the assisting vehicle's - terminal.
Jump Starting Procedure
Booster Battery
485Continued
uuJump Startingu
486
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Jump Starting
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 486
4. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
uuJump Startingu H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 487
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle's battery
- terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle's battery
+ terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
What to Do After the Engine Starts
487
488
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 488
Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P position.
1. Set the parking brake. 2. Remove the built-in key from the keyless
access remote. 3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-
tip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock release slot as shown in the image, and remove the cover.
4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot. 5. While pushing the key down, press the shift
lever release button and place the shift lever into (N. u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
Releasing the Lock
Cover
Slot
Release Button Shift Lock Release Slot
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 489
Overheating
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the mark may damage the engine.
3WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.
H
How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses
power. Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
First thing to do 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.
H
489Continued
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
490
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible.
3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 490
Next thing to do 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle comes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on.
Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs.
Reserve Tank
MAX
MIN
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 491
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery.
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on. What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about one minute. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level. u Add oil as necessary.
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator. u The indicator goes off: Start driving again. u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
491
492
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 492
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose. Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least ten minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
The message appears on when: An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being loose or not being installed.
What to do when the message appears: 1. Stop the engine. 2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed. u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving. u The message should go off.
When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check the fuel fill cap.
Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message
uu Indicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 493
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on The brake fluid is low. There is a malfunction in the brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when there is a problem with EPS. If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
493
494
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 494
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. What to do when the indicator comes on Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver side doorjamb. What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 495
Fuses
Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set Circuit protected and fuse rating
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Tab
* Not available on all models
Circuit Protected Amps
1
EPS 70 A
ABS/VSA FSR 30 A ABS/VSA Motor 40 A
WIPER 30 A Main Fuse 120 A
2
IG Main 50 A Fuse Box Main 60 A
Fuse Box Main 2 60 A Headlight Main 30 A
ST/MG SW 30 A Rear Defogger 30 A
IG Main1 30 A Blower 40 A
IG Main2 30 A Sub Fan Motor 20 A
Main Fan Motor 20 A 3 4 5 Starter DIAG 7.5 A 6
7 8 9
10 11 Oil Level 7.5 A 12 Fog Lights* (20 A) 13 Injector 20 A 14 Hazard 10 A 15 FI Sub 15 A 16 IG Coil 15 A 17 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A 18 Stop & Horn 10 A 19 20 Right Headlight Low Beam 10 A 21 IGP 15 A 22 DBW 15 A 23 Left Headlight Low Beam 10 A 24 25 MG Clutch 7.5 A 26 Washer 15 A 27 Small 20 A 28 Interior Lights 7.5 A 29 Backup 10 A
Circuit Protected Amps
495Continued
496
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 496
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on the side panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Interior Fuse Box
Fuse Label
Circuit Protected Amps 1 2 ACG 15 A 3 SRS 10 A 4 Fuel Pump 15 A 5 Meter 7.5 A 6 Power Window 7.5 A 7 VB SOL* 7.5 A
8 Right Door Lock Motor
(Unlock) 15 A
* Not available on all models
9 Left Door Lock Motor
(Unlock) 15 A
10 Audio (15 A) 11 Moonroof 20 A 12 Drivers Power Seat Sliding* (20 A)
13 Drivers Power Seat
Reclining* (20 A)
14 Seat Heaters* (15 A)
15 Drivers Door Lock Motor
(Unlock) 10 A
16 Passengers Power Seat
Sliding* (20 A)
17 Passengers Power Seat
Reclining* (20 A)
18 19 Accessory 7.5 A 20 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A 21 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A 22 HAC 7.5 A 23 24 ABS/VSA 7.5 A 25 ACC 7.5 A 26 27 Accessory Power Socket 20 A 28 29 ODS 7.5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
30 Drivers Door Lock Motor
(Lock) 10 A
31 SMART 10 A
32 Right Door Lock Motor
(Lock) 15 A
33 Left Door Lock Motor
(Lock) 15 A
34 Small Lights 7.5 A 35 Illumination 7.5 A 36 37 Premium Audio* (30 A) 38 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A 39 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A 40 41 Door Lock 20 A 42 Drivers Power Window 20 A
43 Rear Passengers Side
Power Window 20 A
44 Front Passengers Side
Power Window 20 A
45 Rear Drivers Side Power
Window 20 A
46
Circuit Protected Amps
uuFusesu Inspecting and Changing Fuses H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage. Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 495 to 496.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine compartment fuse box cover.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 497
Inspecting and Changing Fuses 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a new one.
Combined Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
497
498
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 498
Emergency Towing
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
Wheel lift equipment The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 499
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 500 Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number ......................................... 502
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 503 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 504
Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 505
Warranty Coverages ........................ 507 Authorized Manuals......................... 509 Client Service Information ............... 510
499
500
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 500
Specifications
Vehicle Specifications
*1: Vehicle without blind spot information system *2: 17 inch wheel vehicle with blind spot information system *3: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel
Model Acura ILX No. of Passengers: Front 2 Rear 3 Total 5 Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
U.S.: 4,001 lbs (1,815 kg)*1
Canada: 1,815 kg*1
U.S.: 4,023 lbs (1,825 kg)*2
Canada: 1,825 kg*2
U.S.: 4,045 lbs (1,835 kg)*3
Canada: 1,835 kg*3
Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front)
U.S.: 2,205 lbs (1,000 kg)*1
Canada: 1,000 kg*1
U.S.: 2,216 lbs (1,005 kg)*2
Canada: 1,005 kg*2
U.S.: 2,227 lbs (1,010 kg)*3
Canada: 1,010 kg*3
Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear)
U.S.: 1,797 lbs (815 kg)*1
Canada: 815 kg*1
U.S.: 1,808 lbs (820 kg)*2
Canada: 820 kg*2
U.S.: 1,819 lbs (825 kg)*3
Canada: 825 kg*3
Air Conditioning: Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a) Charge Quantity 13.2 15.0 oz (375 425 g) Lubricant Type SP-10
* Not available on all models
Engine Specifications
Fuel
Washer Fluid
Displacement 144 cu-in (2,356 cm3)
Spark Plugs NGK
DILKAR7G11GS DILKAR7H11GS
DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S
Type Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 13.2 US gal (50 )
Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ) Canada: 5.12 US qt (4.85 )
Light Bulbs Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED Fog Lights* 55 W (H11) Front Turn Signal Lights LED Parking Lights LED Side Marker Lights 3 CP Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights
LED
Back-Up Lights 16 W Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W (Amber) High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Light 5 W Trunk Light 5 W Interior Lights
Map Lights LED Ceiling Light 8 W
Foot light 1.4 W Glove Box light LED Vanity Mirror light 1.4 W
uuSpecificationsu In
fo rm
atio n
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 501
Brake Fluid
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0
Capacity Change 4.3 US qt (4.1 )
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
Recommended Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 4.4 US qt (4.2 ) Change including filter
4.6 US qt (4.4 )
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity 1.71 US gal (6.49 ) (change including the remaining 0.166 US gal (0.63 ) in the reserve tank)
Tire
*1: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel *2: Vehicle with 17 inch wheel *3: Vehicle with optional spare tire
Regular
Size*1 225/40R18 92V Pressure*1
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Front 33 (230 [2.3]) Rear 32 (220 [2.2])
Size*2 P215/45R17 87V Pressure*2
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Front 35 (240 [2.4]) Rear 33 (230 [2.3])
Compact Spare*3
Size T135/70D17 92M Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size Regular
18 x 7 1/2J*1
17 x 7J*2
Compact Spare*3 17 x 4T
501
502
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 502
Identification Numbers
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicles VIN, engine number and transmission number are shown as follows.
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/ Vehicle Identification Number
Dual Clutch Transmission Number
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 503
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
fo rm
atio n
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below: As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
U.S. AcuraLink*
Audio System Blind Spot Information System*
Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth HandsFreeLink Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM*
HomeLink Universal Transceiver Immobilizer System Keyless Access System Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*
503* Not available on all models
504
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 504
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.
In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canadas Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 505
Emissions Testing
fo rm
atio n
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer.
Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has Readiness Codes, as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some states use these codes as a test to see if your vehicles emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40F and 95F (4C and 35C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
until the temperature gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the scale (about 3 minutes). 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
505Continued
506
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 506
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 507
Warranty Coverages
fo rm
atio n
U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty these two warranties cover your vehicles emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty all exterior body panels are covered for rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Accessory Limited Warranty Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship.
507Continued
508
uuWarranty Coveragesu
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 508
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicles original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 509
Authorized Manuals
fo rm
atio n
Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
For U.S. Owners: Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
For Canadian Owners: Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
509
510
In fo
rm atio
n
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 510
Client Service Information
1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following information: Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number P. 502
Date of purchase Odometer reading of your vehicle Your name, address, and telephone number A detailed description of the problem Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the dealership's service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the decision made by the dealership's management, contact Acura Client Relations/ Services.
U.S. Owners: American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 500-2N-7E 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners: Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-mail: acura_cr@ch.honda.com
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands: Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: (787) 620-7546
uuClient Service Informationu In
fo rm
atio n
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 511
Requirements to access Pandora Latest version of the Pandora app
installed on your Android, Blackberry, or iPhone.
Registered Pandora account (you can create a free account at www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/> or on your smartphone)
Connection to the internet via WiFi or cellular data network.
Disclaimer of Pandora
511
Index
512
In d
ex
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 512
Index
Coolant ................................................... 427 Engine Oil................................................ 422 Washer.................................................... 430
Additives, Engine Oil ................................ 422 Adjusting
Armrest ................................................... 155 Front Seats .............................................. 148 Head Restraints........................................ 151 Mirrors .................................................... 146 Rear Seat ................................................. 154 Steering Wheel ........................................ 143 Temperature.............................................. 94
AhaTM Menu .............................................. 227 AhaTM Radio .............................................. 240 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System) .................................................... 161 Changing the Mode ................................ 161 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ............................................... 162
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 454 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 161 Sensors.................................................... 164 Synchronized Mode ................................. 163 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 161
Air Pressure....................................... 443, 501 Airbags ........................................................ 35
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 41 After a Collision ........................................ 38 Airbag Care............................................... 47 Event Data Recorder.................................... 0 Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 38 Indicator.............................................. 45, 69 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 46 Sensors ..................................................... 35 Side Airbags .............................................. 42 Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 44
AM/FM Radio.................................... 178, 206 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 390
Indicator.................................................... 69 Armrest ..................................................... 155 Audio Remote Controls ........................... 170 Audio System............................................ 166
Adjusting the Sound........................ 177, 204 Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 167 Error Messages........................................ 235 General Information ................................ 241 Internet Radio ......................................... 225 iPhone............................................. 225, 244 iPod ................................................ 183, 221 MP3/WMA/AAC...................... 188, 218, 228 Pandora................................................. 186 Reactivating ............................................ 169 Recommended CDs................................. 242 Recommended Devices............................ 244 Security Code.......................................... 169
Shortcuts ................................................ 195 Theft Protection ...................................... 169 USB Adapter Cable ................................. 167 USB Flash Drives...................................... 244 USB Port ................................................. 168
Audio/Information Screen ............... 172, 200 Authorized Manuals ................................ 509 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 121
Customize ...................................... 103, 257 Automatic Lighting.................................. 137 Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 167 Average Fuel Economy .............................. 94 Average Speed ........................................... 95
B Battery ...................................................... 451
Charging System Indicator ................ 67, 491 Jump Starting ......................................... 485 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ....... 451 Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 452
Belts (Seat).................................................. 28 Beverage Holders ..................................... 158 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System ....... 382 Bluetooth Audio............................. 191, 231 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink..................... 268 Booster Seats (For Children) ...................... 59 Brake System ............................................ 388
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 390 Brake Assist System................................. 391 Fluid ....................................................... 430
In d
ex
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 513
Foot Brake .............................................. 389 Indicator ........................................... 64, 493 Parking Brake.......................................... 388
Brake System (Amber) Indicator ................................................... 65
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 142 BSI (Blind Spot Information) System ....... 382 Bulb Replacement .................................... 431
Back-Up Light Bulbs ................................ 438 Brake Light, Taillight and Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs ............................................ 436
Fog Lights ............................................... 431 Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs................... 433 Headlights .............................................. 431 High-Mount Brake Light.......................... 439 Parking Light Bulbs ................................. 433 Rear License Plate Light........................... 439 Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs.................... 436 Side Marker Light Bulbs .......................... 434
Bulb Specifications ................................... 500
C Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 60 Carrying Cargo ................................. 333, 335 CD Player .......................................... 180, 218 Certification Label ................................... 502 Changing Bulbs ........................................ 431 Charging System Indicator ................ 67, 491 Child Safety ................................................ 48
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 120
Child Seat .................................................... 48 Booster Seats............................................. 59 Child Seat for Infants ................................. 50 Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 51 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt .................................................. 55
Larger Children.......................................... 58 Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 50 Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 52 Using a Tether ........................................... 57
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 120 Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 457 Cleaning the Interior ................................ 455 Client Service Information ....................... 510 Climate Control System ............................ 161
Changing the Mode ................................ 161 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ............................................... 162
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 454 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 161 Sensors.................................................... 164 Synchronized Mode................................. 163 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 161
Clock .......................................................... 108 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM) ................................................. 392
Coat Hook ................................................. 159 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) .................................................. 392
Compact Spare Tire .......................... 475, 501 Console Compartment ............................. 157
Controls..................................................... 107 Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 427
Adding to the Radiator............................ 428 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 427 Overheating ............................................ 489
Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission) ...... 344 Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 402 Cruise Control........................................... 349
Indicator.................................................... 74 Cup Holders .............................................. 158 Customized Features.......................... 97, 245
D Daytime Running Lights .......................... 139 Dead Battery............................................. 485 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ................................................. 162
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 503 Dimming
Headlights............................................... 136 Rearview Mirror....................................... 146
Dipstick (Engine Oil)................................. 423 Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 136 Door Mirrors ............................................. 147
513
514
In d
ex
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 514
Doors ......................................................... 110 Auto Door Locking .................................. 121 Auto Door Unlocking............................... 121 Door Open Indicator ............................ 27, 71 Door Open Message .................................. 85 Keys ........................................................ 110 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside..................................................... 118
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside.................................................. 113
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 116 DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 445 Driving....................................................... 331
Braking.................................................... 388 Cruise Control ......................................... 349 Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 344 Shifting Gear ........................................... 345 Starting the Engine .................................. 338
Driving Position Memory System............. 144 Dual Clutch Transmission ......................... 344
Creeping ................................................. 344 Fluid ................................................ 429, 501 Kickdown ................................................ 344 Operating the Shift Lever ................... 16, 345 Shift Lever Does Not Move....................... 488 Shifting.................................................... 345
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 454
E Elapsed Time ............................................... 95
Electric Power Steering System (EPS) Indicator............................................ 70, 493
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 380 Emergency ................................................ 498 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 505 Engine ....................................................... 502
Coolant................................................... 427 Jump Starting.......................................... 485 Oil........................................................... 422 Remote Engine Start................................ 340 Starting ................................................... 338 Switch Buzzer.......................................... 133
Engine Coolant ......................................... 427 Adding to the Radiator............................ 428 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 427 Overheating ............................................ 489 Temperature Gauge .................................. 88
Engine Oil ................................................. 422 Adding.................................................... 424 Checking................................................. 423 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 416 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 65, 491 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 422
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 133 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ............................................... 70, 493
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 60 Expanded View Drivers Mirror ............... 147 Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 457 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 147
F Features .................................................... 165 Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 454 Oil .......................................................... 425
Flat Tire..................................................... 463 Floor Mats ................................................ 456 Fluids
Brake ...................................................... 430 Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 429 Engine Coolant ....................................... 427 Windshield Washer ................................. 430
Fog Light Indicator .................................... 73 Folding Down the Rear Seat ................... 154 Foot Brake ................................................ 389 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 38 Front Seats................................................ 148
Adjusting ................................................ 148 Front Sensor Camera ............................... 352 Fuel ..................................................... 17, 406
Economy................................................. 408 Gauge ...................................................... 88 Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 95 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 68 Range ....................................................... 95 Recommendation.................................... 406 Refueling ................................................ 406
Fuel Economy ........................................... 408 Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 17, 407
Message ................................................. 492 Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 17, 407
In d
ex
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 515
Fuses ......................................................... 495 Inspecting and Changing ........................ 497 Locations ........................................ 495, 496
G Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy................................................. 408 Gauge ...................................................... 88 Information............................................. 406 Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 95 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 68 Refueling ................................................ 406
Gauges ........................................................ 88 Gear Position Indicator .............................. 66 Gear Shift Lever Positions
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 345 Glass (care) ............................................... 458 Glove Box ................................................. 157
H Halogen Bulbs .......................................... 431 Handling the Unexpected ....................... 461 HandsFreeLink (HFL) .............................. 268
Auto Answer .......................................... 312 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History .......... 284, 314
Automatic Transferring ................... 282, 312 Callers ID Information ............................ 282 Displaying Messages ............................... 326
HFL Buttons..................................... 268, 297 HFL Menus ...................................... 270, 299 HFL Status Display ........................... 269, 298 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 298 Making a Call .................................. 287, 318 Options During a Call ...................... 291, 323 Phone Setup.................................... 275, 304 Receiving a Call ............................... 290, 322 Receiving a Text/E-mail Message.............. 324 Ring Tone................................................ 313 Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 325 Speed Dial ....................................... 285, 315 Text Message .................................. 280, 292 To Clear the System................................. 283 To Create a Security PIN .................. 281, 311 To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option.. 309 Use Contact Photo .................................. 313
Hazard Warning Button............................... 4 HDMI Port ............................................... 168 Head Restraints......................................... 151 Headlights ................................................. 136
Automatic Operation............................... 137 Dimming ......................................... 136, 139 Operating................................................ 136
Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 160 HFL (HandsFreeLink) ............................... 268 High-Beam Indicator .................................. 72 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 342 HomeLink Universal Transceiver ............ 266
I Identification Numbers ............................ 502
Engine and Transmission ......................... 502 Vehicle Identification ............................... 502
Illumination Control................................. 142 Knob....................................................... 142
Immobilizer System .................................. 126 Indicator.................................................... 73
515
516
In d
ex
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 516
Indicators..................................................... 64 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) .......... 76, 354 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 69 Blind Spot Information (BSI) ............... 78, 383 Brake System (Amber)................................ 65 Brake System (Red) .................................... 64 Charging System ............................... 67, 491 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ........................................... 79, 80
CRUISE CONTROL.............................. 74, 350 CRUISE MAIN .................................... 74, 349 Door and Trunk Open.......................... 27, 71 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 70, 493 Fog Light ................................................... 73 Gear Position ............................................. 66 High-Beam ................................................ 72 Immobilizer System.................................... 73 Keyless Access System ............................... 74 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .... 77, 374 Lights On................................................... 73 Low Fuel.................................................... 68 Low Oil Pressure ................................ 65, 491 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............. 71, 384, 386 Maintenance Minder ............................... 415 Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 67, 492 Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 64, 493 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 75 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 29, 68 Security System Alarm ............................... 74 Sequential mode...................................... 348 Supplemental Restraint System ............ 45, 69
System Message........................................ 72 Transmission ............................................. 66 Turn Signal................................................ 72 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System ............................................ 70, 380
VSA OFF .......................................... 70, 381 Information .............................................. 499 Instant Fuel Economy ................................. 95 Instrument Panel ........................................ 63
Brightness Control................................... 142 Interface Dial ............................................ 193 Interior Lights ........................................... 156 Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 146 Internet Radio .................................. 186, 225 iPhone ............................................... 225, 244 iPod ................................................... 183, 221
J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 478 Jump Starting ........................................... 485
K Key Number Tag....................................... 112 Keyless Access System .............................. 114 Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 116 Keys ........................................................... 110
Lockout Prevention.................................. 116 Number Tag ............................................ 112 Rear Door Wont Open............................ 120
Remote Transmitter ................................ 113 Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 117, 340 Types and Functions................................ 110
Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) .... 344
L Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 372 Language (HFL) ................................ 269, 298 LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 53 Lights ................................................ 136, 431
Automatic............................................... 137 Bulb Replacement ................................... 431 Daytime Running Lights .......................... 139 Fog Lights ............................................... 139 High-Beam Indicator ................................. 72 Interior.................................................... 156 Light Switches......................................... 136 Lights On Indicator.................................... 73 Turn Signals ............................................ 136
Limitations for Manual Operation.......... 269 Load Limits ............................................... 335 Locking/Unlocking ................................... 110
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 121 Childproof Door Locks ............................ 120 From Inside ............................................. 118 From Outside .......................................... 113 Keys........................................................ 110 Using a Key............................................. 116
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 116 Low Battery Charge ................................. 491
In d
ex
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 517
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 68 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength .................................................. 112
Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 65, 491 Lower Anchors ........................................... 53 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 335
M Maintenance ............................................ 411
Battery.................................................... 451 Brake Fluid.............................................. 430 Cleaning ................................................. 455 Climate Control System .......................... 454 Coolant .................................................. 427 Maintenance MinderTM............................ 415 Oil .......................................................... 423 Precautions ............................................. 412 Radiator.................................................. 428 Remote Transmitter ................................ 452 Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 431 Safety ..................................................... 413 Service Items........................................... 418 Tires........................................................ 442 Transmission Fluid................................... 429 Under the Hood...................................... 420
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............. 67, 492 Map Lights................................................ 156 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 335 Meters, Gauges .......................................... 88
Mirrors....................................................... 146 Adjusting................................................. 146 Door........................................................ 147 Exterior.................................................... 147 Interior Rearview ..................................... 146
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 409 Moonroof.................................................. 132 MP3 ................................... 180, 188, 218, 228 Multi-Information Display ......................... 89 Multi-View Rear Camera .......................... 405
N Numbers (Identification) .......................... 502
O Odometer.................................................... 94 Oil (Engine) ............................................... 422
Adding .................................................... 424 Checking................................................. 423 Displaying Oil Life .................................... 416 Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 65, 491 Recommended Engine Oil........................ 422 Viscosity .................................................. 422
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ............. 194 Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 421 Moonroof................................................ 132 Power Windows ...................................... 129 Trunk ...................................................... 122
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ....................................... 133
Outside Temperature................................. 94 Adjusting .................................................. 94
Overheating.............................................. 489
P Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift Mode)... 16 Pandora........................................... 186, 226 Panic Mode ............................................... 128 Parking...................................................... 401 Parking Brake ........................................... 388 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator............................................ 64, 493
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 46 Passing Indicators ..................................... 136 Power Windows ....................................... 129 Precautions While Driving ....................... 343
Rain ........................................................ 343 Pregnant Women ....................................... 33 Puncture (Tire).......................................... 463
R Radiator .................................................... 428 Radio (AM/FM) ................................. 178, 206 Radio (SiriusXM) ..................................... 211 Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 179, 208 Range .......................................................... 95 RDS (Radio Data System) ................. 179, 208
517
518
In d
ex
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 518
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 505 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button...................................................... 143
Rear Seat (Folding Down) ........................ 154 Rearview Mirror........................................ 146 Refueling................................................... 406
Fuel Gauge................................................ 88 Gasoline .......................................... 406, 500 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 68
Regulations ............................... 386, 445, 503 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback ................................................. 340
Remote Transmitter.................................. 113 Replacement
Battery..................................................... 452 Bulbs ....................................................... 431 Fuses ............................................... 495, 496 Tires ........................................................ 448 Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 440
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 504 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................... 94 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 367
On and Off .............................................. 369
S Safe Driving................................................. 23 Safety Check................................................ 27 Safety Labels ............................................... 61 Safety Message ............................................. 1
Seat Belts .................................................... 28 Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 32 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 30 Checking................................................... 34 Fastening .................................................. 31 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt.................................................. 55
Pregnant Women ...................................... 33 Reminder .................................................. 29 Warning Indicator ............................... 29, 68
Seat Heaters.............................................. 160 Seats .......................................................... 148
Adjusting ................................................ 148 Front Seats .............................................. 148 Rear Seat................................................. 154 Seat Heaters............................................ 160
Security System ......................................... 126 Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 73 Security System Alarm Indicator................. 74
Select Lever......................................... 16, 345 Operation.......................................... 16, 346 Releasing................................................. 488 Wont Move............................................ 488
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 52 Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 171 Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 347 Sequential Shift Mode Operation ........... 348 Setting the Clock ...................................... 108 Shift Lever........................................... 16, 345 Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 66, 346 Shifting (Transmission)............................. 345
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 32 Side Airbags ............................................... 42 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 44 SiriusXM Radio ....................................... 211 SMS Text Message............................ 280, 292 Snow Tires ................................................ 450 Spare Tire ................................................. 501 Spark Plugs ............................................... 500 Specifications ........................................... 500 Specified Fuel ................................... 406, 500 SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 38 Starting the Engine.................................. 338
Does Not Start ........................................ 482 Engine Switch Buzzer .............................. 133 Jump Starting ......................................... 485 Remote Engine Start ............................... 340
Steering Wheel ........................................ 143 Adjusting ................................................ 143
Stopping ................................................... 401 Summer Tires............................................ 450 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 38 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) .. 4, 5 System Message Indicator ......................... 72
T Temperature Sensor ................................ 164 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 464 Text Message.................... 280, 292, 324, 326 Time (Setting)........................................... 108
In d
ex
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 519
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ..................................................... 384 Indicator ........................................... 71, 494
Tires .......................................................... 442 Air Pressure..................................... 443, 501 Checking and Maintaining ...................... 442 Flat Tire (Puncture) .................................. 463 Inspection ............................................... 442 Labeling.................................................. 443 Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 463 Regulations............................................. 445 Rotation.................................................. 449 Spare Tire ............................................... 501 Summer.................................................. 450 Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 464 Tire Chains.............................................. 450 Wear Indicators....................................... 447 Winter .................................................... 450
Tools ......................................................... 462 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 337 Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 337
Emergency.............................................. 498 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System).................................................... 384
Transmission............................................. 345 Automatic............................................... 345 Fluid ....................................................... 429 Gear Position Indicator.............................. 66 Number .................................................. 502 Sequential Shift Mode............................. 347 Shift Lever Position Indicator ................... 346
Trip Meter ................................................... 94 Troubleshooting ....................................... 461
Blown Fuse...................................... 495, 496 Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 20 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 21 Emergency Towing .................................. 498 Engine Wont Start .................................. 482 Flat Tire/Puncture..................................... 463 Noise When Braking .................................. 21 Overheating ............................................ 489 Premium Gasoline ........................... 406, 500 Puncture/Flat Tire..................................... 463 Rear Door Wont Open...................... 20, 120 Select Lever Wont Move ......................... 488 Warning Indicators .................................... 64
Trunk ......................................................... 122 Lid ........................................................... 122 Light Bulb................................................ 500 Open Message .......................................... 85
Turn Signals .............................................. 136 Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 72
Turn-by-Turn Directions ............................. 95 Two-way Keyless Access Remote ..... 117, 340
U Unlocking the Doors ................................ 113 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside ................................................. 12, 118
USB Adapter Cable ........................... 166, 167 USB Flash Drives........................................ 244
USB Port .................................................... 168 Using the Keyless Access System ............. 114
V Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 502 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA).................. 380
Off Button............................................... 381 Off Indicator.............................................. 70 System Indicator........................................ 70
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 422, 501 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 380
W Wallpaper ......................................... 173, 202 Wallpaper Setup....................................... 175 Warning and Information Messages......... 81 Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 491 Warning Labels........................................... 61 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately) .............................................. 507
Watts......................................................... 500 Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 447 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 478 Window Washers ..................................... 140
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 430 Switch..................................................... 140
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 129
519
520
In d
ex
16 ACURA ILX-31TX66300.book 520
Windshield ................................................ 140 Cleaning.................................................. 458 Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 162 Washer Fluid............................................ 430 Wiper Blades ........................................... 440 Wipers and Washers ................................ 140
Winter Tires............................................... 450 Snow Tires............................................... 450 Tire Chains .............................................. 450
Wipers and Washers ................................. 140
Related manuals for Acura ILX 2016 Sedan Owner's Manual
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the ILX Acura works, you can view and download the Acura ILX 2016 Sedan Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Acura ILX as well as other Acura manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Acura ILX. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Acura ILX 2016 Sedan Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Acura ILX 2016 Sedan Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Acura ILX 2016 Sedan Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Acura ILX 2016 Sedan Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Acura ILX 2016 Sedan Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.